Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Agricultural Farm Products / Tyson Foods

Tyson Foods

tsn · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker tsn
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Agricultural Farm Products
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Tyson Foods
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

[X]   Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
         For the fiscal year ended October 2, 2010 

[ ]     Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
         For the transition period from ________________ to ________________ 

Commission File No. 001-14704 

TYSON FOODS, INC. 
(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization) 

71-0225165 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

2200 Don Tyson Parkway, Springdale, Arkansas 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

72762-6999 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: 

(479) 290-4000 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Class A Common Stock, Par Value $0.10 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Not Applicable 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [X] No [ ] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [ ] No [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes 
[X] No [ ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months. 
Yes [X]    No [ ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not 
be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act.  
Large accelerated filer [X] 
Non-accelerated filer [ ] (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

  Accelerated filer [ ] 
  Smaller reporting company [ ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes [ ] No [X] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On April 3, 2010, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s Class A Common Stock, $0.10 par value (Class A stock), and Class B 
Common Stock, $0.10 par value (Class B stock), held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $5,835,078,191 and $412,523, 
respectively. Class B stock is not publicly listed for trade on any exchange or market system. However, Class B stock is convertible 
into Class A stock on a share-for-share basis, so the market value was calculated based on the market price of Class A stock. 

On October 30, 2010, there were 307,209,339 shares of Class A stock and 70,021,155 shares of Class B stock outstanding. 

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant's Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held February 4, 2011, 
are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

PAGE 
3 
7 
12 
12 
13 
14 

15 
17 
18 
37 
39 
85 
85 
85 

86 
86 
86 
87 
87 

87 

Business 

Item 1. 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Removed and Reserved 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

PART II 
Item 5. 
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

PART III 
Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 
Item 13. 
Item 14. 

PART IV 
Item 15. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS 

GENERAL 
Founded in 1935, Tyson Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”) are one of the world’s largest 
meat protein companies and the second-largest food production company in the Fortune 500 with one of the most recognized brand 
names in the food industry. We produce, distribute and market chicken, beef, pork, prepared foods and related allied products. Our 
operations are conducted in four segments: Chicken, Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods. Some of the key factors influencing our business 
are customer demand for our products; the ability to maintain and grow relationships with customers and introduce new and 
innovative products to the marketplace; accessibility of international markets; market prices for our products; the cost of live cattle 
and hogs, raw materials and grain; and operating efficiencies of our facilities.  

We operate a fully vertically integrated poultry production process. Our integrated operations consist of breeding stock, contract 
growers, feed production, processing, further-processing, marketing and transportation of chicken and related allied products, 
including animal and pet food ingredients. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cobb-Vantress, Inc. (Cobb), we are one of the 
leading poultry breeding stock suppliers in the world. Investing in breeding stock research and development allows us to breed into 
our flocks the characteristics found to be most desirable.  

We also process live fed cattle and hogs and fabricate dressed beef and pork carcasses into primal and sub-primal meat cuts, case 
ready beef and pork and fully-cooked meats. In addition, we derive value from allied products such as hides and variety meats sold to 
further processors and others.  

We produce a wide range of fresh, value-added, frozen and refrigerated food products. Our products are marketed and sold primarily 
by our sales staff to grocery retailers, grocery wholesalers, meat distributors, warehouse club stores, military commissaries, industrial 
food processing companies, chain restaurants or their distributors, international export companies and domestic distributors who serve 
restaurants, foodservice operations such as plant and school cafeterias, convenience stores, hospitals and other vendors. Additionally, 
sales to the military and a portion of sales to international markets are made through independent brokers and trading companies. 

We have been exploring ways to commercialize our supply of poultry litter and animal fats. In June 2007, we announced a 50/50 joint 
venture with Syntroleum Corporation, called Dynamic Fuels LLC. Dynamic Fuels LLC produces renewable synthetic fuels targeting 
the renewable diesel and jet fuel markets. Construction of production facilities was completed in late fiscal 2010, and initial 
production began in October 2010. 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF SEGMENTS 
We operate in four segments: Chicken, Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods. The contribution of each segment to net sales and operating 
income (loss), and the identifiable assets attributable to each segment, are set forth in Note 20: Segment Reporting of the Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

DESCRIPTION OF SEGMENTS 
Chicken: Chicken operations include breeding and raising chickens, as well as processing live chickens into fresh, frozen and value-
added chicken products and logistics operations to move products through the supply chain. Products are marketed domestically to 
food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, hotel 
chains, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to international markets. It also includes sales from 
allied products and our chicken breeding stock subsidiary. 

Beef: Beef operations include processing live fed cattle and fabricating dressed beef carcasses into primal and sub-primal meat cuts and 
case-ready products. This segment also includes sales from allied products such as hides and variety meats, as well as logistics 
operations to move products through the supply chain. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, 
restaurant operators and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, hotel chains, healthcare facilities, the military and 
other food processors, as well as to international markets. Allied products are marketed to manufacturers of pharmaceuticals and 
technical products. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pork: Pork operations include processing live market hogs and fabricating pork carcasses into primal and sub-primal cuts and case-
ready products. This segment also includes our live swine group, related allied product processing activities and logistics operations to 
move products through the supply chain. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant 
operators and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, hotel chains, healthcare facilities, the military and other  
food processors, as well as to international markets. We sell allied products to pharmaceutical and technical products manufacturers, 
as well as a limited number of live swine to pork processors. 

Prepared Foods: Prepared Foods operations include manufacturing and marketing frozen and refrigerated food products and logistics 
operations to move products through the supply chain. Products include pepperoni, bacon, beef and pork pizza toppings, pizza crusts, 
flour and corn tortilla products, appetizers, prepared meals, ethnic foods, soups, sauces, side dishes, meat dishes and processed meats. 
Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators and noncommercial foodservice 
establishments such as schools, hotel chains, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to international 
markets. 

RAW MATERIALS AND SOURCES OF SUPPLY 
Chicken: The primary raw materials used in our chicken operations are corn and soybean meal used as feed and live chickens raised 
primarily by independent contract growers. Our vertically-integrated chicken process begins with the grandparent breeder flocks and 
ends with broilers for processing. Breeder flocks (i.e., grandparents) are raised to maturity in grandparent growing and laying farms 
where fertile eggs are produced. Fertile eggs are incubated at the grandparent hatchery and produce pullets (i.e., parents). Pullets are 
sent to breeder houses, and the resulting eggs are sent to our hatcheries. Once chicks have hatched, they are sent to broiler farms. 
There, contract growers care for and raise the chicks according to our standards, with advice from our technical service personnel, 
until the broilers reach the desired processing weight. Adult chickens are transported to processing plants, which are slaughtered and 
converted into finished products, then sent to distribution centers and delivered to customers. 

We operate our own feed mills to produce scientifically-formulated feeds. In fiscal 2010, corn and soybean meal were major 
production costs, representing roughly 42% of our cost of growing a live chicken. In addition to feed ingredients to grow the chickens, 
we use cooking ingredients, packaging materials and cryogenic agents. We believe our sources of supply for these materials are 
adequate for our present needs, and we do not anticipate any difficulty in acquiring these materials in the future. While we produce 
nearly all our inventory of breeder chickens and live broilers, from time-to-time we purchase live, ice-packed or deboned chicken to 
meet production requirements. 

Beef: The primary raw materials used in our beef operations are live cattle. We do not have facilities of our own to raise cattle but 
employ cattle buyers located throughout cattle producing areas who visit independent feed yards and buy live cattle on the open spot 
market. These buyers are trained to select high quality animals, and we continually measure their performance. We also enter into 
various risk-sharing and procurement arrangements with producers to secure a supply of livestock for our facilities. We believe the 
sources of supply of live cattle are adequate for our present needs. 

Pork: The primary raw materials used in our pork operations are live hogs. The majority of our live hog supply is obtained through 
various procurement relationships with independent producers. We employ buyers who purchase hogs on a daily basis, generally a 
few days before the animals are processed. These buyers are trained to select high quality animals, and we continually measure their 
performance. We believe the sources of supply of live hogs are adequate for our present needs. Additionally, we raise a number of 
weanling swine to sell to independent finishers and supply a minimal amount of live swine for our own processing needs.  

Prepared Foods: The primary raw materials used in our prepared foods operations are commodity based raw materials, including 
chicken, beef, pork, corn, flour and vegetables. Some of these raw materials are provided by our other segments, while others may be 
purchased from numerous suppliers and manufacturers. We believe the sources of supply of raw materials are adequate for our present 
needs. 

SEASONAL DEMAND 
Demand for chicken and beef products generally increases during the spring and summer months and generally decreases during the 
winter months. Pork and prepared foods products generally experience increased demand during the winter months, primarily due to 
the holiday season, while demand decreases during the spring and summer months.  

CUSTOMERS 
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. accounted for 13.4% of our fiscal 2010 consolidated sales. Sales to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. were included in the 
Chicken, Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments. Any extended discontinuance of sales to this customer could, if not replaced, have 
a material impact on our operations. No other single customer or customer group represents more than 10% of fiscal 2010 
consolidated sales. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPETITION 
Our food products compete with those of other food producers and processors and certain prepared food manufacturers. Additionally, 
our food products compete in markets around the world.  

We seek to achieve a leading market position for our products via our principal marketing and competitive strategy, which includes:  

identifying target markets for value-added products; 
concentrating production, sales and marketing efforts to appeal to and enhance demand from those markets; and 

  ● 
  ● 
  ●  utilizing our national distribution systems and customer support services. 

Past efforts indicate customer demand can be increased and sustained through application of our marketing strategy, as supported by 
our distribution systems. The principal competitive elements are price, product safety and quality, brand identification, breadth and 
depth of product offerings, availability of products, customer service and credit terms. 

INTERNATIONAL 
We exported to more than 100 countries in fiscal 2010. Major export markets include Canada, Central America, China, the European 
Union, Japan, Mexico, the Middle East, Russia, South Korea, Taiwan and Vietnam. 

We have the following international operations: 

  ●  Tyson de Mexico, a Mexican subsidiary, is a vertically-integrated poultry production company; 
  ●  Cobb-Vantress, a chicken breeding stock subsidiary, has business interests in Argentina, Brazil, the Dominican Republic, 

India, Ireland, Japan, the Netherlands, Peru, the Philippines, Russia, Spain, Sri Lanka, the United Kingdom and Venezuela; 

  ●  Tyson do Brazil, a Brazilian subsidiary, is a vertically-integrated poultry production company; 
  ●  Shandong Tyson Xinchang Foods, joint ventures in China in which we have a majority interest, is a vertically-integrated 

poultry production company; 

  ●  Tyson Dalong, a joint venture in China in which we have a majority interest, is a chicken further processing facility; 
  ● 

Jiangsu-Tyson, a Chinese poultry breeding company, is building a vertically-integrated poultry operation with production 
expected to begin in fiscal 2011; 

  ●  Godrej Tyson Foods, a joint venture in India in which we have a majority interest, is a poultry processing business; and 
  ●  Cactus Argentina, a majority interest in a vertically-integrated beef operation joint venture in Argentina; however, we do 

not consolidate the entity due to the lack of controlling interest. 

We continue to evaluate growth opportunities in foreign countries. Additional information regarding export sales, long-lived assets 
located in foreign countries and income (loss) from foreign operations is set forth in Note 20: Segment Reporting of the Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 
We conduct continuous research and development activities to improve product development, to automate manual processes in our 
processing plants and growout operations, and to improve chicken breeding stock. In 2007, we opened the Discovery Center, which 
includes 19 research kitchens and a USDA-inspected pilot plant. The Discovery Center brings new market-leading retail and 
foodservice products to the customer faster and more effectively. Research and development costs totaled $38 million, $33 million and 
$30 million in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION AND FOOD SAFETY 
Our facilities for processing chicken, beef, pork and prepared foods, milling feed and housing live chickens and swine are subject to a 
variety of federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, which include provisions relating to the discharge of materials 
into the environment and generally provide for protection of the environment. We believe we are in substantial compliance with such 
applicable laws and regulations and are not aware of any violations of such laws and regulations likely to result in material penalties or 
material increases in compliance costs. The cost of compliance with such laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on 
our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position, and except as described below, is not anticipated to have a material adverse 
effect in the future. 

Congress and the United States Environmental Protection Agency are considering various options to control greenhouse gas 
emissions. It is unclear at this time when or if such options will be finalized, or what the final form may be. Due to the uncertainty 
surrounding this issue, it is premature to speculate on the specific nature of impacts that imposition of greenhouse gas emission 
controls would have on us, and whether such impacts would have a material adverse effect. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We work to ensure our products meet high standards of food safety and quality. In addition to our own internal Food Safety and 
Quality Assurance oversight and review, our chicken, beef, pork and prepared foods products are subject to inspection prior to 
distribution, primarily by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) and the United States Food and Drug Administration 
(FDA). We are also participants in the United States Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) program and are subject to the 
Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures and the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002. 

EMPLOYEES AND LABOR RELATIONS 
As of October 2, 2010, we employed approximately 115,000 employees. Approximately 97,000 employees were employed in the 
United States and 18,000 employees were in foreign countries, primarily China, Mexico and Brazil. Approximately 29,000 employees 
in the United States were subject to collective bargaining agreements with various labor unions, with approximately 19% of those 
employees included under agreements expiring in fiscal 2011. These agreements expire over periods throughout the next several 
years. Approximately 7,000 employees in foreign countries were subject to collective bargaining agreements. We believe our overall 
relations with our workforce are good. 

MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION 
Our principal marketing objective is to be the primary provider of chicken, beef, pork and prepared foods products for our customers 
and consumers. As such, we utilize our national distribution system and customer support services to achieve the leading market 
position for our products. On an ongoing basis, we identify distinct markets and business opportunities through continuous consumer 
and market research. In addition to supporting strong regional brands across multiple protein lines, we build the Tyson brand primarily 
through well-defined product-specific advertising and public relations efforts focused toward key consumer targets with specific 
needs. These efforts are designed to present key Tyson products as everyday solutions to relevant consumer problems thereby 
becoming part of regular eating routines. We utilize our national distribution system and customer support services to achieve a 
leading market position for our products. 

We have the ability to produce and ship fresh, frozen and refrigerated products worldwide. Domestically, our distribution system 
extends to a broad network of food distributors and is supported by our owned or leased cold storage warehouses, public cold storage 
facilities and our transportation system. Our distribution centers accumulate fresh and frozen products so we can fill and consolidate 
less-than-truckload orders into full truckloads, thereby decreasing shipping costs while increasing customer service. In addition, we 
provide our customers a wide selection of products that do not require large volume orders. Our distribution system enables us to 
supply large or small quantities of products to meet customer requirements anywhere in the continental United States. Internationally, 
we utilize both rail and truck refrigerated transportation to domestic ports, where consolidations take place to transport to foreign 
destinations. 

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS 
We have filed a number of patents and trademarks relating to our processes and products that either have been approved or are in the 
process of application. Because we do a significant amount of brand name and product line advertising to promote our products, we 
consider the protection of our trademarks to be important to our marketing efforts. We also have developed non-public proprietary 
information regarding our production processes and other product-related matters. We utilize internal procedures and safeguards to 
protect the confidentiality of such information and, where appropriate, seek patent and/or trademark protection for the technology we 
utilize. 

INDUSTRY PRACTICES 
Our agreements with customers are generally short-term, primarily due to the nature of our products, industry practices and 
fluctuations in supply, demand and price for such products. In certain instances where we are selling further processed products to 
large customers, we may enter into written agreements whereby we will act as the exclusive or preferred supplier to the customer, with 
pricing terms that are either fixed or variable. Due to volatility of the cost of raw materials, fixed price contracts are generally limited 
to three months in duration. 

AVAILABILITY OF SEC FILINGS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DOCUMENTS ON INTERNET WEBSITE 
We maintain an internet website for investors at http://ir.tyson.com. On this website, we make available, free of charge, annual reports 
on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to any of those reports, as soon as 
reasonably practicable after we electronically file such reports with, or furnish to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Also 
available on the website for investors are the Corporate Governance Principles, Audit Committee charter, Compensation Committee 
charter, Governance Committee charter, Nominating Committee charter, Code of Conduct and Whistleblower Policy. Our corporate 
governance documents are available in print, free of charge to any shareholder who requests them. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS RELEVANT TO FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION FOR THE PURPOSE OF 
"SAFE HARBOR" PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995 

Certain information in this report constitutes forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited 
to, current views and estimates of our outlook for fiscal 2011, other future economic circumstances, industry conditions in domestic 
and international markets, our performance and financial results, including, without limitation, debt-levels, return on invested capital, 
value-added product growth, capital expenditures, tax rates, access to foreign markets and dividend policy. These forward-looking 
statements are subject to a number of factors and uncertainties that could cause our actual results and experiences to differ materially 
from anticipated results and expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements. We wish to caution readers not to place undue 
reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any 
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

Among the factors that may cause actual results and experiences to differ from anticipated results and expectations expressed in such 
forward-looking statements are the following: (i) the effect of, or changes in, general economic conditions; (ii) fluctuations in the cost 
and availability of inputs and raw materials, such as live cattle, live swine, feed grains (including corn and soybean meal) and energy; 
(iii) market conditions for finished products, including competition from other global and domestic food processors, supply and 
pricing of competing products and alternative proteins and demand for alternative proteins; (iv) successful rationalization of existing 
facilities and operating efficiencies of the facilities; (v) risks associated with our commodity purchasing activities; (vi) access to 
foreign markets together with foreign economic conditions, including currency fluctuations, import/export restrictions and foreign 
politics; (vii) outbreak of a livestock disease (such as avian influenza (AI) or bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE)), which could 
have an effect on livestock we own, the availability of livestock we purchase, consumer perception of certain protein products or our 
ability to access certain domestic and foreign markets; (viii) changes in availability and relative costs of labor and contract growers 
and our ability to maintain good relationships with employees, labor unions, contract growers and independent producers providing us 
livestock; (ix) issues related to food safety, including costs resulting from product recalls, regulatory compliance and any related 
claims or litigation; (x) changes in consumer preference and diets and our ability to identify and react to consumer trends; (xi) 
significant marketing plan changes by large customers or loss of one or more large customers; (xii) adverse results from litigation; 
(xiii) risks associated with leverage, including cost increases due to rising interest rates or changes in debt ratings or outlook; (xiv) 
compliance with and changes to regulations and laws (both domestic and foreign), including changes in accounting standards, tax 
laws, environmental laws, agricultural laws and occupational, health and safety laws; (xv) our ability to make effective acquisitions or 
joint ventures and successfully integrate newly acquired businesses into existing operations; (xvi) effectiveness of advertising and 
marketing programs; and (xvii) those factors listed under Item 1A. “Risk Factors.” 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 
These risks, which should be considered carefully with the information provided elsewhere in this report, could materially adversely 
affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we 
currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.  

Fluctuations in commodity prices and in the availability of raw materials, especially feed grains, live cattle, live swine and 
other inputs could negatively impact our earnings.  
Our results of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the cost and supply of raw materials such as feed grains, live 
cattle, live swine, energy and ingredients, as well as the selling prices for our products, many of which are determined by constantly 
changing market forces of supply and demand over which we have limited or no control. Corn and soybean meal are major production 
costs for vertically-integrated poultry processors such as us, representing roughly 42% of our cost of growing a chicken in fiscal 2010. 
As a result, fluctuations in prices for these feed ingredients, which include competing demand for corn and soybean meal for use in the 
manufacture of renewable energy, can adversely affect our earnings. Production of feed ingredients is affected by, among other things, 
weather patterns throughout the world, the global level of supply inventories and demand for grains and other feed ingredients, as well 
as agricultural and energy policies of domestic and foreign governments.  

We have cattle under contract at feed yards owned by third parties; however, most of the cattle we process are purchased from 
independent producers. We have cattle buyers located throughout cattle producing areas who visit feed yards and buy live cattle on the 
open spot market. We also enter into various risk-sharing and procurement arrangements with producers who help secure a supply of 
livestock for daily start-up operations at our facilities. The majority of our live swine supply is obtained through procurement 
arrangements with independent producers. We also employ buyers who purchase hogs on a daily basis, generally a few days before 
the animals are required for processing. In addition, we raise live swine and sell feeder pigs to independent producers for feeding to 
processing weight and have contract growers feed a minimal amount of company-owned live swine for our own processing needs. 
Any decrease in the supply of cattle or swine on the spot market could increase the price of these raw materials and further increase 
per head cost of production due to lower capacity utilization, which could adversely affect our financial results. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market demand and the prices we receive for our products may fluctuate due to competition from other food producers and 
processors.  
We face competition from other food producers and processors. Some of the factors on which we compete and which may drive 
demand for our products include: 

  ●  price; 
  ●  product safety and quality; 
  ●  brand identification; 
  ●  breadth and depth of product offerings; 
  ● 
  ● 
  ● 

availability of our products; 
customer service; and 
credit terms. 

Demand for our products also is affected by competitors’ promotional spending, the effectiveness of our advertising and marketing 
programs, and the availability or price of competing proteins. 

We attempt to obtain prices for our products that reflect, in part, the price we must pay for the raw materials that go into our products. 
If we are not able to obtain higher prices for our products when the price we pay for raw materials increases, we may be unable to 
maintain positive margins. 

Outbreaks of livestock diseases can adversely impact our ability to conduct our operations and demand for our products.  
Demand for our products can be adversely impacted by outbreaks of livestock diseases, which can have a significant impact on our 
financial results. Efforts are taken to control disease risks by adherence to good production practices and extensive precautionary 
measures designed to ensure the health of livestock. However, outbreaks of disease and other events, which may be beyond our 
control, either in our own livestock or cattle and hogs owned by independent producers who sell livestock to us, could significantly 
affect demand for our products, consumer perceptions of certain protein products, the availability of livestock for purchase by us and 
our ability to conduct our operations. Moreover, the outbreak of livestock diseases, particularly in our Chicken segment, could have a 
significant effect on the livestock we own by requiring us to, among other things, destroy any affected livestock. Furthermore, an 
outbreak of disease could result in governmental restrictions on the import and export of our products to or from our suppliers, 
facilities or customers. This could also result in negative publicity that may have an adverse effect on our ability to market our 
products successfully and on our financial results. 

We are subject to risks associated with our international operations, which could negatively affect our sales to customers in 
foreign countries, as well as our operations and assets in such countries. 
In fiscal 2010, we exported to more than 100 countries. Major export markets include Canada, Central America, China, the European 
Union, Japan, Mexico, the Middle East, Russia, South Korea, Taiwan and Vietnam. Our export sales for fiscal 2010 totaled $3.2 
billion. In addition, we had approximately $364 million of long-lived assets located in foreign countries, primarily Brazil, China, 
Mexico and India, at the end of fiscal 2010.  

As a result, we are subject to various risks and uncertainties relating to international sales and operations, including: 

  ● 

  ● 

  ● 

imposition of tariffs, quotas, trade barriers and other trade protection measures imposed by foreign countries regarding the 
importation of poultry, beef and pork products, in addition to import or export licensing requirements imposed by various 
foreign countries; 
closing of borders by foreign countries to the import of poultry, beef and pork products due to animal disease or other 
perceived health or safety issues; 
impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, particularly the Canadian 
dollar, the Chinese renminbi, the Mexican peso, the European euro, the British pound sterling, and the Brazilian real; 

  ●  political and economic conditions; 
  ●  difficulties and costs associated with complying with, and enforcing remedies under, a wide variety of complex domestic 
and international laws, treaties and regulations, including, without limitation, the United States' Foreign Corrupt Practices 
Act and economic and trade sanctions enforced by the United States Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets 
Control; 

  ●  different regulatory structures and unexpected changes in regulatory environments; 
  ● 

tax rates that may exceed those in the United States and earnings that may be subject to withholding requirements and 
incremental taxes upon repatriation; 

  ●  potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws; and 
  ●  distribution costs, disruptions in shipping or reduced availability of freight transportation. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Negative consequences relating to these risks and uncertainties could jeopardize or limit our ability to transact business in one or more 
of those markets where we operate or in other developing markets and could adversely affect our financial results. 

We depend on the availability of, and good relations with, our employees. 
We have approximately 115,000 employees, approximately 36,000 of whom are covered by collective bargaining agreements or are 
members of labor unions. Our operations depend on the availability and relative costs of labor and maintaining good relations with 
employees and the labor unions. If we fail to maintain good relations with our employees or with the labor unions, we may experience 
labor strikes or work stoppages, which could adversely affect our financial results. 

We depend on contract growers and independent producers to supply us with livestock. 
We contract primarily with independent contract growers to raise the live chickens processed in our poultry operations. A majority of 
our cattle and hogs are purchased from independent producers who sell livestock to us under marketing contracts or on the open 
market. If we do not attract and maintain contracts with growers or maintain marketing and purchasing relationships with independent 
producers, our production operations could be negatively affected. 

If our products become contaminated, we may be subject to product liability claims and product recalls. 
Our products may be subject to contamination by disease-producing organisms or pathogens, such as Listeria monocytogenes, 
Salmonella and E. coli. These organisms and pathogens are found generally in the environment; therefore, there is a risk that one or 
more, as a result of food processing, could be present in our products. These organisms and pathogens also can be introduced to our 
products as a result of improper handling at the further processing, foodservice or consumer level. These risks may be controlled, but 
may not be eliminated, by adherence to good manufacturing practices and finished product testing. We have little, if any, control over 
handling procedures once our products have been shipped for distribution. Even an inadvertent shipment of contaminated products 
may be a violation of law and may lead to increased risk of exposure to product liability claims, product recalls (which may not 
entirely mitigate the risk of product liability claims), increased scrutiny and penalties, including injunctive relief and plant closings, by 
federal and state regulatory agencies, and adverse publicity, which could exacerbate the associated negative consumer reaction. Any of 
these occurrences may have an adverse effect on our financial results. 

Our operations are subject to general risks of litigation. 
We are involved on an on-going basis in litigation arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise. Trends in litigation may 
include class actions involving consumers, shareholders, employees or injured persons, and claims relating to commercial, labor, 
employment, antitrust, securities or environmental matters. Litigation trends and the outcome of litigation cannot be predicted with 
certainty and adverse litigation trends and outcomes could adversely affect our financial results. 

Our level of indebtedness and the terms of our indebtedness could negatively impact our business and liquidity position. 
Our indebtedness, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility, may increase from time to time for various reasons, 
including fluctuations in operating results, working capital needs, capital expenditures and possible acquisitions, joint ventures or 
other significant initiatives. Our consolidated indebtedness level could adversely affect our business because: 

it may limit or impair our ability to obtain financing in the future; 

  ● 
  ●  our credit rating could restrict or impede our ability to access capital markets at desired interest rates and increase our 

borrowing costs; 
it may reduce our flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions or to take advantage of business 
opportunities that may arise; 
a portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to interest payments on our indebtedness and is not available 
for other purposes; and 
it may restrict our ability to pay dividends. 

  ● 

  ● 

  ● 

Our revolving credit facility contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: 
create liens and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or 
transfer assets; pay dividends or make other payments in respect of our capital stock; amend material documents; change the nature of 
our business; make certain payments of debt; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into sale/leaseback or hedging 
transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. If availability under this facility is less than the greater of 
15% of the commitments and $150 million, we will be required to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. 

Our 10.50% Senior notes due March 2014 also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or 
restrict our ability to: incur additional debt and issue preferred stock; make certain investments and restricted payments; create liens; 
create restrictions on distributions from restricted subsidiaries; engage in specified sales of assets and subsidiary stock; enter into 
transactions with affiliates; enter new lines of business; engage in consolidation, mergers and acquisitions; and engage in certain 
sale/leaseback transactions. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An impairment in the carrying value of goodwill could negatively impact our consolidated results of operations and net worth. 
Goodwill is initially recorded at fair value and is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if 
impairment indicators are present. In assessing the carrying value of goodwill, we make estimates and assumptions about sales, 
operating margins, growth rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash 
flows and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these 
factors. Goodwill valuations have been calculated using an income approach based on the present value of future cash flows of each 
reporting unit and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Under the income 
approach, we are required to make various judgmental assumptions about appropriate discount rates. Disruptions in global credit and 
other financial markets and deterioration of economic conditions, could, among other things, cause us to increase the discount rate 
used in the goodwill valuations. We could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill prior to the annual assessment if we 
experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant component of 
our business or sustained market capitalization declines. These types of events and the resulting analyses could result in goodwill 
impairment charges in the future, which could be substantial. As of October 2, 2010, we had $1.9 billion of goodwill, which 
represented approximately 17.6% of total assets. 

Domestic and international government regulations could impose material costs. 
Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and foreign laws and regulations by authorities that oversee food safety standards 
and processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, labeling and export of our products. Our facilities for processing chicken, 
beef, pork, prepared foods and milling feed and for housing live chickens and swine are subject to a variety of international, federal, 
state and local laws relating to the protection of the environment, including provisions relating to the discharge of materials into the 
environment, and to the health and safety of our employees. Our chicken, beef and pork processing facilities are participants in the 
HACCP program and are subject to the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002. In addition, 
our products are subject to inspection prior to distribution, primarily by the USDA and the FDA. Also, our livestock procurement and 
poultry growout activities are regulated by the Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Administration (GIPSA), which is part of 
USDA's Marketing and Regulatory Programs. Loss of or failure to obtain necessary permits and registrations could delay or prevent 
us from meeting current product demand, introducing new products, building new facilities or acquiring new businesses and could 
adversely affect operating results. Additionally, we are routinely subject to new or modified laws, regulations and accounting 
standards. If we are found to be out of compliance with applicable laws and regulations in these or other areas, we could be subject to 
civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, recalls or asset seizures, as well as potential criminal sanctions, any of which could have 
an adverse effect on our financial results. 

A material acquisition, joint venture or other significant initiative could affect our operations and financial condition. 
We have recently completed acquisitions and entered into joint venture agreements and periodically evaluate potential acquisitions, 
joint ventures and other initiatives (collectively, “transactions”), and we may seek to expand our business through the acquisition of 
companies, processing plants, technologies, products and services, which could include material transactions. A material transaction 
may involve a number of risks, including: 

failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the transaction; 

  ● 
  ●  difficulty integrating acquired businesses, technologies, operations and personnel with our existing business; 
  ●  diversion of management attention in connection with negotiating transactions and integrating the businesses acquired; 
  ● 
  ● 

exposure to unforeseen or undisclosed liabilities of acquired companies; and 
the need to obtain additional debt or equity financing for any transaction. 

We may not be able to address these risks and successfully develop these acquired companies or businesses into profitable units. If we 
are unable to do this, such expansion could adversely affect our financial results. 

Market fluctuations could negatively impact our operating results as we hedge certain transactions. 
Our business is exposed to fluctuating market conditions. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to various 
market risks including changes in commodity prices, interest rates and foreign exchange rates. We hold certain positions, primarily in 
grain and livestock futures, that do not qualify as hedges for financial reporting purposes. These positions are marked to fair value, and 
the unrealized gains and losses are reported in earnings at each reporting date. Therefore, losses on these contracts will adversely 
affect our reported operating results. While these contracts reduce our exposure to changes in prices for commodity products, the use 
of such instruments may ultimately limit our ability to benefit from favorable commodity prices. 

Deterioration of economic conditions could negatively impact our business. 
Our business may be adversely affected by changes in economic conditions, including inflation, interest rates, access to capital 
markets, consumer spending rates, energy availability and costs (including fuel surcharges) and the effects of governmental initiatives 
to manage economic conditions. Any such changes could adversely affect the demand for our products, or the cost and availability of 
our needed raw materials, cooking ingredients and packaging materials, thereby negatively affecting our financial results. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Disruptions in global credit and other financial markets and deterioration of economic conditions, could, among other things: 

  ●  make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain financing for our operations or investments or to refinance our debt in the 

  ● 

  ● 

future; 
cause our lenders to depart from prior credit industry practice and make more difficult or expensive the granting of any 
amendment of, or waivers under, our credit agreement to the extent we may seek them in the future; 
impair the financial condition of some of our customers and suppliers thereby increasing customer bad debts or non-
performance by suppliers; 

  ●  negatively impact global demand for protein products, which could result in a reduction of sales, operating income and 

cash flows; 

  ●  decrease the value of our investments in equity and debt securities, including our marketable debt securities, company-

owned life insurance and pension and other postretirement plan assets; 

  ●  negatively impact our commodity purchasing activities if we are required to record losses related to derivative financial 

instruments; or 
impair the financial viability of our insurers. 

  ● 

Changes in consumer preference could negatively impact our business. 
The food industry in general is subject to changing consumer trends, demands and preferences. Trends within the food industry 
change often, and failure to identify and react to changes in these trends could lead to, among other things, reduced demand and price 
reductions for our products, and could have an adverse effect on our financial results. 

The loss of one or more of our largest customers could negatively impact our business. 
Our business could suffer significant setbacks in sales and operating income if our customers’ plans and/or markets change 
significantly or if we lost one or more of our largest customers, including, for example, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., which accounted for 
13.4% of our sales in fiscal 2010. Many of our agreements with our customers are short-term, primarily due to the nature of our 
products, industry practice and the fluctuation in demand and price for our products. 

The consolidation of customers could negatively impact our business. 
Our customers, such as supermarkets, warehouse clubs and food distributors, have consolidated in recent years, and consolidation is 
expected to continue throughout the United States and in other major markets. These consolidations have produced large, 
sophisticated customers with increased buying power who are more capable of operating with reduced inventories, opposing price 
increases, and demanding lower pricing, increased promotional programs and specifically tailored products. These customers also may 
use shelf space currently used for our products for their own private label products. Because of these trends, our volume growth could 
slow or we may need to lower prices or increase promotional spending for our products, any of which would adversely affect our 
financial results. 

Extreme factors or forces beyond our control could negatively impact our business. 
Natural disasters, fire, bioterrorism, pandemic or extreme weather, including droughts, floods, excessive cold or heat, hurricanes or 
other storms, could impair the health or growth of livestock or interfere with our operations due to power outages, fuel shortages, 
damage to our production and processing facilities or disruption of transportation channels, among other things. Any of these factors, 
as well as disruptions in our information systems, could have an adverse effect on our financial results. 

Our renewable energy ventures and other initiatives might not be as successful as we expect. 
We have been exploring ways to commercialize animal fats and other by-products from our operations, as well as the poultry litter of 
our contract growers, to generate energy and other value-added products. For example, in fiscal 2007, we announced the formation of 
Dynamic Fuels LLC, a joint venture with Syntroleum Corporation. We will continue to explore other ways to commercialize 
opportunities outside our core business, such as renewable energy and other technologically-advanced platforms. These initiatives 
might not be as financially successful as we initially announced or would expect due to factors that include, but are not limited to, 
possible discontinuance of tax credits, competing energy prices, failure to operate at the volumes anticipated, abilities of our joint 
venture partners and our limited experience in some of these new areas. 

Members of the Tyson family can exercise significant control. 
Members of the Tyson family beneficially own, in the aggregate, 99.97% of our outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.10 
par value (Class B stock) and 2.42% of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.10 par value (Class A stock), giving 
them control of approximately 70% of the total voting power of our outstanding voting stock. In addition, three members of the Tyson 
family serve on our Board of Directors. As a result, members of the Tyson family have the ability to exert substantial influence or 
actual control over our management and affairs and over substantially all matters requiring action by our stockholders, including 
amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws, the election and removal of directors, any proposed merger, 
consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may also 
delay or prevent a change in control otherwise favored by our other stockholders and could depress our stock price. Additionally, as a 
result of the Tyson family’s significant ownership of our outstanding voting stock, we rely on the “controlled company” exemption 
from certain corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 
None 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 
We have production and distribution operations in the following states: Alabama, Arkansas, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, 
Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, South 
Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Washington and Wisconsin. We also have sales offices throughout the United States. 
Additionally, we, either directly or through our subsidiaries, have sales offices, facilities or participate in joint venture operations in 
Argentina, Brazil, China, the Dominican Republic, Hong Kong, India, Ireland, Japan, Mexico, the Netherlands, Peru, the Philippines, 
Russia, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom and Venezuela. 

Chicken Segment: 

Processing plants 
Rendering plants 
Blending mills 
Feed mills 
Broiler hatcheries 
Breeder houses 
Broiler farm houses 

Beef Segment Production Facilities 
Pork Segment Production Facilities 
Prepared Foods Segment Processing Plants 

Distribution Centers 
Cold Storage Facilities 

Chicken Processing Plants 
Beef Production Facilities 
Pork Production Facilities 
Prepared Foods Processing Plants 

Owned

Number of Facilities

Leased

61
15
2
42
62
493
834
12
9
22

14
65

1
-
-
1
5
744
816
-
-
1

5
13

Total

62
15
2
43
67
1,237
1,650
12
9
23

19
78

Capacity(1)
per week at
October 2, 2010
46 million head
171,000 head
443,000 head
45 million pounds

Fiscal 2010
Average Capacity
Utilization
92%
84%
88%
89%

(1)  Capacity based on a five day week for Chicken and Prepared Foods, while Beef and Pork are based on a six day week. 

Chicken: Chicken processing plants include various phases of slaughtering, dressing, cutting, packaging, deboning and further-
processing. We also have 17 pet food operations, which are part of the Chicken processing plants. The blending mills, feed mills and 
broiler hatcheries have sufficient capacity to meet the needs of the chicken growout operations. 

Beef: Beef plants include various phases of slaughtering live cattle and fabricating beef products. Some also treat and tan hides. The 
Beef segment includes three case-ready operations that share facilities with the Pork segment. One of the beef facilities contains a 
tallow refinery. Carcass facilities reduce live cattle to dressed carcass form. Processing facilities conduct fabricating operations to 
produce boxed beef and allied products. 

Pork: Pork plants include various phases of slaughtering live hogs and fabricating pork products and allied products. The Pork 
segment includes three case-ready operations that share facilities with the Beef segment. 

Prepared Foods: Prepared Foods plants process fresh and frozen chicken, beef, pork and other raw materials into pizza toppings, 
branded and processed meats, appetizers, prepared meals, ethnic foods, soups, sauces, side dishes, pizza crusts, flour and corn tortilla 
products and meat dishes. 

Our Dynamic Fuels LLC joint venture produces renewable synthetic fuels targeting the renewable diesel and jet fuel markets. 
Construction of production facilities was completed in late fiscal 2010, and initial production began in October 2010. 

We  believe  our  present  facilities  are  generally  adequate  and  suitable  for  our  current  purposes;  however,  seasonal  fluctuations  in 
inventories and production may occur as a reaction to market demands for certain products. We regularly engage in construction and 
other capital improvement projects intended to expand capacity and improve the efficiency of our processing and support facilities. 
We  also  consider  the  efficiencies of our  operations and may  from  time  to  time  consider  changing the  number or  type  of plants  we 
operate to align with our capacity needs. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
Refer to the description of certain matters under Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 23: Contingencies, 
which is incorporated herein by reference. Listed below are certain additional legal proceedings involving the Company and/or its 
subsidiaries. 

On October 23, 2001, a putative class action lawsuit styled R. Lynn Thompson, et al. vs. Tyson Foods, Inc. was filed in the District 
Court for Mayes County, Oklahoma by three property owners on behalf of all owners of lakefront property on Grand Lake O’ the 
Cherokees. Simmons Foods, Inc. and Peterson Farms, Inc. also are defendants. The plaintiffs allege the defendants’ operations 
diminished the water quality in the lake thereby interfering with the plaintiffs’ use and enjoyment of their properties. The plaintiffs 
sought injunctive relief and an unspecified amount of compensatory damages, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. While the 
District Court certified a class, on October 4, 2005, the Court of Civil Appeals of the State of Oklahoma reversed, holding the 
plaintiffs’ claims were not suitable for disposition as a class action. This decision was upheld by the Oklahoma Supreme Court and the 
case was remanded to the District Court with instructions that the matter proceed only on behalf of the three named plaintiffs. 
Plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, restitution and compensatory and punitive damages in an unspecified amount in excess of $10,000. 
We and the other defendants have denied liability and asserted various defenses. The defendants have requested a trial date, but the 
court has not yet scheduled the matter for trial. 

On January 9, 2003, we received a notice of liability letter from Union Pacific Railroad Company (“Union Pacific”) relating to our 
alleged contributions of waste oil to the Double Eagle Refinery Superfund Site in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. On August 22, 2006, the 
United States and the State of Oklahoma filed a lawsuit styled United States of America, et al. v. Union Pacific Railroad Co. in the 
United States District Court for the Western District of Oklahoma seeking more than $22 million (the amount sought was 
subsequently increased to more than $30 million) to remediate the Double Eagle site. Certain Tyson entities joined a “potentially 
responsible parties” group on October 31, 2006. A settlement between the “potentially responsible parties” group, the United States, 
and the State of Oklahoma was reached and the Tyson entities paid $625,586 into escrow towards the settlement of the matter. In 
furtherance of finalizing the settlement, the U.S. Department of Justice filed a complaint styled United States of America, et al. v. 
Albert Investment Co., Inc. et al., and includes the “potentially responsible parties.” A proposed Consent Decree addressing all alleged 
liability of the Tyson entities for the site was lodged on June 27, 2008. On October 10, 2008, Union Pacific initiated litigation to 
challenge the proposed Consent Decree by filing a motion to intervene, which the District Court denied. Union Pacific appealed this 
decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit. The “potentially responsible parties” group and other parties filed 
briefs in the Tenth Circuit, and oral arguments occurred on September 21, 2009. On November 10, 2009, the Tenth Circuit Court of 
Appeals reversed the District Court’s decision, and Union Pacific was permitted to intervene in the litigation. After negotiations 
amongst the interested parties, an Amended Consent Decree was lodged with the Court on October 8, 2010. The Amended Consent 
Decree includes a reopener for certain future response costs. A notice will be published in the Federal Register inviting public 
comment on the Amended Consent Decree. On October 14, 2010, Union Pacific filed a Notice of Dismissal of Intervention. Assuming 
the Court approves and enters the Amended Consent Decree, Tyson will be required to make an additional principal payment of 
$50,669 plus interest. Upon such payment, the matter will be concluded. 

In November 2006, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors engaged outside counsel to conduct a review of certain payments 
that had been made by one of our subsidiaries in Mexico, including payments to individuals employed by Mexican governmental 
bodies. The payments were discontinued in November 2006. Although the review process is ongoing, we believe the amount of these 
payments is immaterial, and we do not expect any material impact to our financial statements. We have contacted the Securities and 
Exchange Commission and the U.S. Department of Justice to inform them of our review and preliminary findings and are cooperating 
fully with these governmental authorities. 

Since 2003, nine lawsuits have been brought against us and several other poultry companies by approximately 150 plaintiffs in 
Washington County, Arkansas Circuit Court (Green v. Tyson Foods, Inc., et al., Bible v. Tyson Foods, Inc., Beal v. Tyson Foods, Inc., 
et al., McWhorter v. Tyson Foods, Inc., et al., McConnell v. Tyson Foods, Inc., et al., Carroll v. Tyson Foods, Inc., et al., Belew v. 
Tyson Foods, Inc., et al., Gonzalez v. Tyson Foods, Inc., et al., and Rasco v. Tyson Foods, Inc., et al.) alleging that the land 
application of poultry litter caused arsenic and pathogenic mold and fungi contamination of the air, soil and water in and around 
Prairie Grove, Arkansas. In addition to the poultry company defendants, plaintiffs sued Alpharma, the manufacturer of a feed 
ingredient containing an organic arsenic compound that has been used in the broiler industry. Plaintiffs are seeking recovery for 
several types of personal injuries, including several forms of cancer. On August 2, 2006, the Court granted summary judgment in 
favor of Tyson and the other poultry company defendants in the first case to go to trial and denied summary judgment as to Alpharma. 
The case was tried against Alpharma and the jury returned a verdict in favor of Alpharma. Plaintiffs appealed the summary judgment 
in favor of the poultry company defendants and the Court stayed the remaining eight lawsuits pending the appeal. On May 8, 2008, the 
Arkansas Supreme Court reversed the summary judgment in favor of the poultry company defendants. The remanded trial in this case 
against us and the other poultry company defendants was held, and on May 14, 2009, the jury returned a verdict in favor of the 
defendants. The plaintiffs appealed this verdict to the Arkansas Supreme Court. The parties have submitted briefs in this matter and 
are awaiting the Arkansas Supreme Court's ruling. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
Other Matters: We have approximately 115,000 employees and, at any time, have various employment practices matters outstanding. 
In the aggregate, these matters are significant to the Company, and we devote significant resources to managing employment issues. 
Additionally, we are subject to other lawsuits, investigations and claims (some of which involve substantial amounts) arising out of 
the conduct of our business. While the ultimate results of these matters cannot be determined, they are not expected to have a material 
adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial position. 

ITEM 4. REMOVED AND RESERVED 
Not applicable. 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY 
Our officers serve one year terms from the date of their election, or until their successors are appointed and qualified. No family 
relationships exist among these officers. The name, title, age and year of initial election to executive office of our executive officers 
are listed below: 

Name 
Craig J. Hart 
Kenneth J. Kimbro 
Donnie King 
Dennis Leatherby 
James V. Lochner 
Donnie Smith 
David L. Van Bebber 
Jeffrey D. Webster 
Noel White 

Title 
Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer 
Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer 
Senior Group Vice President, Poultry and Prepared Foods 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
Chief Operating Officer 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Executive Vice President and General Counsel 
Group Vice President, Renewable Products Division 
Senior Group Vice President, Fresh Meats 

Age 
54 
57 
48 
50 
58 
51 
54 
49 
52 

Year Elected 
Executive Officer 
2004 
2009 
2009 
1994 
2005 
2008 
2008 
2008 
2009 

Craig J. Hart was appointed Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer in 2004. Mr. Hart was initially 

employed by IBP in 1978. 

Kenneth J. Kimbro was appointed Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer in 2007, after serving as Senior 

Vice President, Human Resources since 2001. Mr. Kimbro was initially employed by IBP in 1995. 

Donnie King was appointed Senior Group Vice President, Poultry and Prepared Foods in December 2009, after serving as 

Group Vice President, Refrigerated and Deli since 2008, Group Vice President, Operations since 2007, Senior Vice President, 
Consumer Products Operations since 2006 and Senior Vice President, Poultry Operations since 2003. Mr. King was initially employed 
by Valmac Industries, Inc. in 1982. Valmac Industries, Inc. was acquired by the Company in 1984. 

Dennis Leatherby was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 2008 after serving as Senior Vice 

President, Finance and Treasurer since 1998. He also served as Interim Chief Financial Officer from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Leatherby was 
initially employed by the Company in 1990. 

James V. Lochner was appointed Chief Operating Officer in November 2009, after serving as Senior Group Vice President, 

Fresh Meats since 2007, Senior Group Vice President, Fresh Meats and Margin Optimization since 2006 and Senior Group Vice 
President, Margin Optimization, Purchasing and Logistics since 2005. Mr. Lochner was initially employed by IBP in 1983. 

Donnie Smith was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer in November 2009, after serving as Senior Group Vice 

President, Poultry and Prepared Foods since January 2009, Group Vice President of Consumer Products since 2008, Group Vice 
President of Logistics and Operations Services since 2007, Group Vice President Information Systems, Purchasing and Distribution 
since 2006 and Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since 2005. Mr. Smith was initially employed by the Company in 
1980. 

David L. Van Bebber was appointed Executive Vice President and General Counsel in 2008, after serving as Senior Vice 

President and Deputy General Counsel since 2004. Mr. Van Bebber was initially employed by Lane Processing in 1982. Lane 
Processing was acquired by the Company in 1986. 

Jeffrey D. Webster was appointed Group Vice President, Renewable Products Division in 2008, after serving as Senior Vice 
President, Renewable Products Division since 2007, Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy Development and Renewable Energy 
since 2006 and Senior Vice President, Strategy and Development since 2005. Mr. Webster was initially employed by the Company in 
2004. 

Noel White was appointed Senior Group Vice President, Fresh Meats in December 2009, after serving as Senior Vice 
President, Pork Margin Management since 2007 and Group Vice President, Fresh Meats Operations/Commodity Sales since 2005. Mr. 
White was initially employed by IBP in 1983. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 
We have issued and outstanding two classes of capital stock, Class A stock and Class B stock. Holders of Class B stock may convert 
such stock into Class A stock on a share-for-share basis. Holders of Class B stock are entitled to 10 votes per share while holders of 
Class A stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters submitted to shareholders for approval. As of October 30, 2010, there were 
approximately 30,000 holders of record of our Class A stock and 10 holders of record of our Class B stock, excluding holders in the 
security position listings held by nominees. 

DIVIDENDS 
Cash dividends cannot be paid to holders of Class B stock unless they are simultaneously paid to holders of Class A stock. The per 
share amount of the cash dividend paid to holders of Class B stock cannot exceed 90% of the cash dividend simultaneously paid to 
holders of Class A stock. We have paid uninterrupted quarterly dividends on common stock each year since 1977 and expect to 
continue our cash dividend policy during fiscal 2011. In both fiscal 2010 and 2009, the annual dividend rate for Class A stock was 
$0.16 per share and the annual dividend rate for Class B stock was $0.144 per share. 

MARKET INFORMATION 
The Class A stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TSN.” No public trading market currently exists for 
the Class B stock. The high and low closing sales prices of our Class A stock for each quarter of fiscal 2010 and 2009 are represented 
in the table below. 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Fiscal 2010 
High 
$13.19 
19.50 
20.40 
18.06 

Low 
$12.02 
12.24 
16.25 
15.22 

Fiscal 2009 
High 
$12.87 
9.93 
13.88 
13.23 

Low 
$4.40 
7.59 
9.33 
10.95 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 
The table below provides information regarding our purchases of Class A stock during the periods indicated.  

Period 
July 4 to July 31, 2010 
Aug. 1 to Sept. 4, 2010 
Sept. 5 to Oct. 2, 2010 
Total 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 
112,095 
134,160 
87,986 
344,241 

Average 
Price Paid 
per Share 
$17.27 
16.12 
17.61 
$16.91 

Total Number of Shares 
Purchased as Part of 
Publicly Announced 
Plans or Programs 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Maximum Number of 
Shares that May Yet Be 
Purchased Under the Plans 
or Programs (1) 
22,474,439 
22,474,439 
22,474,439 
22,474,439 

(2) 

(1) 

(2) 

On February 7, 2003, we announced our board of directors approved a plan to repurchase up to 25 million shares of Class A 
stock from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions. The plan has no fixed or scheduled termination 
date. 
We purchased 344,241 shares during the period that were not made pursuant to our previously announced stock repurchase 
plan, but were purchased to fund certain Company obligations under our equity compensation plans. These transactions 
included 319,643 shares purchased in open market transactions and 24,598 shares withheld to cover required tax 
withholdings on the vesting of restricted stock. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERFORMANCE GRAPH 
The following graph shows a five-year comparison of cumulative total returns for our Class A stock, the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 
Index and a group of peer companies described below. 

Tyson Foods, Inc. 
S&P 500 Index 
Peer Group 

Years Ending 

Base Period 
10/1/05 
100 
100 
100 

9/30/06 
88.90 
110.79 
111.25 

9/29/07 
100.77 
129.01 
118.91 

9/27/08 
72.38 
100.66 
120.14 

10/3/09 
71.48 
93.70 
109.23 

10/2/10 
95.31 
103.22 
129.53 

The total cumulative return on investment (change in the year-end stock price plus reinvested dividends), which is based on the stock 
price or composite index at the end of fiscal 2005, is presented for each of the periods for the Company, the S&P 500 Index and a peer 
group. The peer group includes: Campbell Soup Company, ConAgra Foods, Inc., General Mills, Inc., H.J. Heinz Co., Hershey Foods 
Corp., Hormel Foods Corp., Kellogg Co., McCormick & Co., Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, Sara Lee Corp. and Smithfield Foods, Inc. 
The graph compares the performance of the Company with that of the S&P 500 Index and peer group, with the investment weighted 
on market capitalization. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY 

Summary of Operations 
Sales 
Goodwill impairment 
Operating income (loss) 
Net interest expense 
Income (loss) from continuing operations 
Loss from discontinued operation 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle 
Net income (loss) 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Tyson: 

Income (loss) from continuing operations 
Loss from discontinued operation 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle 
Net income (loss) 
Dividends per share: 

Class A 
Class B 

Balance Sheet Data 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total assets 
Total debt 
Shareholders' equity 
Other Key Financial Measures 
Depreciation and amortization 
Capital expenditures 
Return on invested capital 
Effective tax rate 
Book value per share 
Closing stock price high 
Closing stock price low 

2010 

$28,430 
29 
1,556 
333 
765 
- 
- 
765 
780 

2.06 
- 
- 
2.06 

0.160 
0.144 

$978 
10,752 
2,536 
5,201 

$497 
550 
22.8% 
36.4% 
$13.78 
20.40 
12.02 

in millions, except per share and ratio data 
2006 
2009 

2008 

2007 

$26,704 
560 
(215) 
310 
(550) 
(1) 
- 
(551) 
(547) 

(1.47) 
- 
- 
(1.47) 

0.160 
0.144 

$1,004 
10,595 
3,477 
4,431 

$513 
368 
(3.0)% 
(1.5)% 
$11.77 
13.88 
4.40 

$26,862 
- 
331 
206 
86 
- 
- 
86 
86 

0.24 
- 
- 
0.24 

$25,729 
- 
613 
224 
268 
- 
- 
268 
268 

0.75 
- 
- 
0.75 

0.160 
0.144 

0.160 
0.144 

$250 
10,850 
2,804 
5,099 

$493 
425 
4.4% 
44.6% 
$13.51 
19.44 
12.14 

$42 
10,227 
2,779 
4,735 

$514 
285 
7.7% 
34.6% 
$13.32 
24.08 
14.20 

$24,589 
- 
(50) 
238 
(174) 
(17) 
(5) 
(196) 
(196) 

(0.51) 
(0.05) 
(0.02) 
(0.58) 

0.160 
0.144 

$28 
11,121 
3,979 
4,444 

$517 
531 
(0.6)% 
35.0% 
$12.52 
18.70 
12.92 

Notes to Five-Year Financial Summary 
a. 

b. 
c. 

d. 

Fiscal 2010 included $61 million related to losses on notes repurchased/redeemed during fiscal 2010, a $29 million non-tax deductible charge related to a full 
goodwill impairment related to an immaterial Chicken segment reporting unit and a $12 million charge related to the partial impairment of an equity method 
investment. Additionally, fiscal 2010 included insurance proceeds received of $38 million related to Hurricane Katrina. 
Fiscal 2009 was a 53-week year, while the other years presented were 52-week years. 
Fiscal 2009 included a $560 million non-tax deductible charge related to Beef segment goodwill impairment and a $15 million pretax charge related to closing 
a prepared foods plant. 
Fiscal 2008 included $76 million of pretax charges related to: restructuring a beef operation; closing a poultry plant; asset impairments for packaging 
equipment, intangible assets, unimproved real property and software; flood damage; and severance charges. Additionally, fiscal 2008 included an $18 million 
non-operating gain related to the sale of an investment. 
Fiscal 2007 included tax expense of $17 million related to a fixed asset tax cost correction, primarily related to a fixed asset system conversion in 1999. 
Fiscal 2006 included $63 million of pretax charges primarily related to closing one poultry plant, two beef plants and two prepared foods plants. 

e. 
f. 
g.  Return on invested capital is calculated by dividing operating income (loss) by the sum of the average of beginning and ending total debt and shareholders’ 

h. 

equity less cash and cash equivalents. 
In March 2009, we completed the sale of the beef processing, cattle feed yard and fertilizer assets of three of our Alberta, Canada subsidiaries (collectively, 
Lakeside). Lakeside was reported as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY 
We are one of the world’s largest meat protein companies and the second-largest food production company in the Fortune 500 with 
one of the most recognized brand names in the food industry. We produce, distribute and market chicken, beef, pork, prepared foods 
and related allied products. Our operations are conducted in four segments: Chicken, Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods. Some of the key 
factors influencing our business are customer demand for our products; the ability to maintain and grow relationships with customers 
and introduce new and innovative products to the marketplace; accessibility of international markets; market prices for our products; 
the cost of live cattle and hogs, raw materials and grain; and operating efficiencies of our facilities. 

OVERVIEW 

●  General – We had improved operating results in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009, as a result of improved 

internal performance and a better market environment. The following are a few of the key drivers: 
●  We achieved margin management gains and operational efficiency improvements, which were the key drivers 
that led to the nearly $1.2 billion improvement in operating income, excluding the impact of the $560 million 
Beef segment goodwill impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2009. Margin management improvements occurred 
in the areas of mix, export sales, price optimization and value-added products initiatives. The operational 
efficiencies occurred in the areas of yields, cost reduction, labor management, logistics cost optimization, 
capacity and live bird operations (including livability, feed conversion, and net to processing improvements). 
●  Tyson and the meat industry in general have benefitted from improving domestic market conditions. For the first 

time in 40 years, industry forecasters predict a reduction in available protein in two consecutive years for 
2009/2010. This is a factor of reduced protein production, fewer imports, increased exports and reduced freezer 
inventories. Poor industry results for 2008 and 2009 led to a reduction in industry capacity and a better balance 
between overall meat products’ supply and demand. While the recent economic conditions have caused decreased 
demand at foodservice establishments, most of the lost demand has shifted to retailers as consumers are choosing 
to eat at home.  

●  As a result of improving domestic market conditions and our own operational efficiency and margin management 
improvements, our operating margins were 5.5% in fiscal 2010 (5.4% after removing $38 million of insurance 
proceeds received during the year and $29 million related to the goodwill impairment). This is the first time since the 
acquisition of IBP, inc. in 2001 that annual operating margins have exceeded 5.0%. The following is a summary of 
operating margins by segment: 
●  Chicken – 5.2% (or 5.1% excluding $38 million of insurance proceeds received and $29 million related to a 

goodwill impairment) 

●  Beef – 4.6% 
●  Pork – 8.4% 
●  Prepared Foods – 4.1% 

●  Debt and Liquidity – During fiscal 2010, we generated $1.4 billion of operating cash flows. We used these cash flows, 
as well as restricted cash, to repurchase, retire or redeem $956 million of senior notes. As a result, our total debt is 
$2.5 billion, the lowest level since the acquisition of IBP, inc. At October 2, 2010, we had $1.8 billion of liquidity, 
which includes the availability under our credit facility and $978 million of cash and cash equivalents. 

●  Our accounting cycle resulted in a 52-week year for both fiscal 2010 and 2008 and a 53-week year for fiscal 2009. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson – per diluted share 

2010 – Net income included the following items: 

2010 
$780 
2.06 

in millions, except per share data 
2008 
$86 
0.24 

2009 
$(547) 
(1.47) 

  ●  $61 million in charges related to losses on notes repurchased during fiscal 2010; 
  ●  $29 million non-cash, non-tax deductible charge related to a full goodwill impairment in an immaterial Chicken segment 

reporting unit; 

  ●  $12 million non-cash, non-tax deductible charge related to the impairment of an equity method investment; and 
  ●  $38 million gain from insurance proceeds. 
2009 – Net loss included the following items: 

  ●  $560 million non-cash, non-tax deductible charge related to a goodwill impairment in our Beef segment; and 
  ●  $15 million charge related to the closing of our Ponca City, Oklahoma, processed meats plant. 

2008 – Net income included the following items: 

  ●  $33 million of charges related to asset impairments, including packaging equipment, intangible assets, unimproved real 

property and software; 

  ●  $17 million charge related to restructuring our Emporia, Kansas, beef operation; 
  ●  $13 million charge related to closing our Wilkesboro, North Carolina, Cooked Products poultry plant; 
  ●  $13 million of charges related to flood damage at our Jefferson, Wisconsin, plant and severance charges related to the 

FAST initiative; and 

  ●  $18 million non-operating gain related to sale of an investment. 

FISCAL 2011 OUTLOOK 
In 2011, overall protein (chicken, beef, pork and turkey) production is expected to increase. Because exports are likely to grow as 
well, we forecast that total domestic availability of protein should be relatively flat compared to 2010. The following is a summary 
of the fiscal 2011 outlook for each of our segments, as well as an outlook on capital expenditures, net interest expense and debt: 
●  Chicken – While we expect chicken production to increase, domestic availability will depend on export volumes. Because of 

the less than expected yields in global feed grain crop production, current futures prices indicate higher grain costs in fiscal 
2011 compared to fiscal 2010. We expect to offset the impact of increased grain costs with operational and pricing 
improvements. 

●  Beef – We expect to see a gradual reduction in cattle supplies of 1-2% in fiscal 2011; however, we do not expect a significant 
change in the fundamentals of our Beef business as it relates to the previous few quarters. We expect adequate supplies in the 
regions we operate our plants. We expect beef exports to remain strong in fiscal 2011. 

●  Pork – We expect hog supplies in fiscal 2011 will be comparable to fiscal 2010 and we believe we will have adequate supplies 

in the regions in which we operate. We expect pork exports to remain strong in fiscal 2011. 

●  Prepared Foods – We expect operational improvements and increased pricing will more than offset the likely increase in raw 
material costs in fiscal 2011. While many of our sales contracts are formula based or shorter-term in nature, we are typically 
able to absorb rising input costs. However, there is a lag time for price increases to take effect, so it is more difficult to absorb 
rapidly rising raw material costs. 

●  Capital Expenditures – Our preliminary capital expenditures plan for fiscal 2011 is approximately $700 million. 
●  Net Interest Expense – We expect fiscal 2011 net interest expense will be approximately $245 million, down nearly $90 

million compared to fiscal 2010. 

●  Debt – We will continue to use our available cash to repurchase notes when available at attractive rates. We do not have any 
significant maturities of debt coming due over the next three fiscal years, as our 8.25% Notes due October 1, 2011 (2011 
Notes) balance was $315 million at October 2, 2010. We plan to retire these notes with current cash on hand and/or cash flows 
from operations. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUMMARY OF RESULTS – CONTINUING OPERATIONS 

Sales 

Sales 
Change in sales volume 
Change in average sales price 
Sales growth (decline) 

2010 vs. 2009 – 

2010 
$28,430 
(0.6)% 
7.1% 
6.5% 

2009 
$26,704 
4.4% 
(4.8)% 
(0.6)% 

in millions 
2008 
$26,862 

  ●  Average Sales Price – The increase in sales was largely due to an increase in average sales prices, which accounted for 

an increase of approximately $1.9 billion. While all segments had an increase in average sales prices, the majority of the 
increase was driven by the Beef and Pork segments. 

  ●  Sales Volume – Sales were negatively impacted by a decrease in sales volume, which accounted for a decrease of 

approximately $150 million. This was primarily due to an extra week in fiscal 2009 and the decrease in Pork segment 
sales volume, partially offset by an increase from a fiscal 2009 acquisition in the Chicken segment. 

2009 vs. 2008 – 

  ●  Average Sales Price – The decline in sales was largely due to a reduction in average sales prices, which accounted for a 

decrease of approximately $1.2 billion. While all segments had a reduction in average sales prices, the majority of the 
decrease was driven by the Beef and Pork segments. 

  ●  Sales Volume – Sales were positively impacted by an increase in sales volume, which accounted for an increase of 

approximately $1.0 billion. This was primarily due to an extra week in fiscal 2009, increased sales volume in our 
Chicken segment, which was driven by inventory reductions, and sales volume related to recent acquisitions. 

Cost of Sales 

Cost of sales 
Gross margin 
Cost of sales as a percentage of sales 

2010 
$25,916 
$2,514 
91.2% 

2009 
$25,501 
$1,203 
95.5% 

in millions 
2008 
$25,616 
$1,246 
95.4% 

  2010 vs. 2009 – 
  ●  Cost of sales increased $415 million. Higher cost per pound increased cost of sales by $558 million, partially offset by 

lower sales volume which decreased cost of sales by $143 million. 

  ●  Increase in average live cattle and hog costs of approximately $1.0 billion. 
  ●  Increase due to net losses of $78 million in fiscal 2010, as compared to net gains of $191 million in fiscal 2009, from 
our commodity risk management activities related to forward futures contracts for live cattle and hogs, and excludes 
the impact from related physical purchase transactions which impact current and future period operating results. 

  ●  Increase in raw material costs of approximately $218 million in our Prepared Foods segment. 
  ●  Increase in incentive-based compensation of approximately $97 million. 
  ●  Decrease due to net losses of $6 million in fiscal 2010, as compared to net losses of $257 million in fiscal 2009, from 

our commodity risk management activities related to grain and energy purchases, and excludes the impact from related 
physical purchase transactions which impact current and future period operating results. 

  ●  Decrease in grain costs in the Chicken segment of approximately $158 million. 
  ●  Decrease in the Chicken segment costs resulting from operational improvements. 

  2009 vs. 2008 – 
  ●  Cost of sales decreased $115 million. Cost per pound contributed to a $1.1 billion decrease, offset partially by an increase 

in sales volume increasing cost of sales $987 million. 

  ●  Increase due to net losses of $257 million in fiscal 2009, as compared to net gains of $206 million in fiscal 2008, from 
our commodity risk management activities related to grain and energy purchases, which exclude the effect from related 
physical purchase transactions which impact current and future period operating results. 

  ●  Increase due to sales volumes, which included an extra week in fiscal 2009, as well as increased sales volume in our 
Chicken segment, which was driven by inventory reductions and sales volume related to recent acquisitions. 

  ●  Decrease in average domestic live cattle and hog costs of approximately $1.2 billion. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, General and Administrative 

Selling, general and administrative 
As a percentage of sales 

2010 
$929 
3.3% 

2009 
$841 
3.1% 

in millions 
2008 
$879 
3.3% 

  2010 vs. 2009 – 
  ●  Increase of $118 million related to incentive-based compensation. 
  ●  Reductions include decreases resulting from one less week in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009, as well a $16 million 

reduction in professional fees, advertising and sales promotions. 

  2009 vs. 2008 – 
  ●  Decrease of $33 million related to advertising and sales promotions. 
  ●  Decrease of $11 million related to the change in investment returns on company-owned life insurance, which is used to 

fund non-qualified retirement plans. 

  ●  Other reductions include decreases in our payroll-related expenses and professional fees. 
  ●  Increase of $20 million due to our newly acquired foreign operations. 

Goodwill Impairment 

2010 
$29 

2009 
$560 

in millions 
2008 
$- 

We perform our annual goodwill impairment test on the first day of the fourth quarter. We estimate the fair value of our reporting 
units using a discounted cash flow analysis. This analysis requires us to make various judgmental estimates and assumptions 
about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount factors. 

2010 – Includes the full impairment of an immaterial Chicken segment reporting unit. 
2009 –The disruptions in global credit and other financial markets and deterioration of economic conditions led to an increase 
in our discount rate in fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008. The discount rate used in our annual goodwill impairment test 
increased to 10.1% in fiscal 2009 from 9.3% in fiscal 2008. There were no significant changes in the other key estimates and 
assumptions. The increased discount rate resulted in the non-cash partial impairment of our beef reporting unit's goodwill. 
The impairment has no impact on managements' estimates of the Beef segment’s long-term profitability or value. 

Other Charges 

2010 
$- 

2009 
$17 

in millions 
2008 
$36 

2009 – Included $15 million charge related to closing our Ponca City, Oklahoma, processed meats plant. 
2008 –  

  ● 
  ● 
  ● 

Included $17 million charge related to restructuring our Emporia, Kansas, beef operation. 
Included $13 million charge related to closing our Wilkesboro, North Carolina, Cooked Products poultry plant. 
Included $6 million of severance charges related to the FAST initiative. 

Interest Income 

2010 
$14 

2009 
$17 

in millions 
2008 
$9 

  2010/2009 – Fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 increased as compared to fiscal 2008 due primarily to the increase in our cash 

balance. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense 

Cash interest expense 
Losses on notes repurchased 
Non-cash interest expense 

Total Interest Expense 

2010 
$245 
61 
41 
$347 

2009 
$270 
3 
54 
$327 

in millions 
2008 
$214 
- 
1 
$215 

  2010 vs. 2009 –  
  ●  Cash interest expense includes interest expense related to the coupon rates for senior notes and commitment/letter of credit 

fees incurred on our revolving credit facilities. The decrease is due to lower average weekly indebtedness of 
approximately 11%, partially offset by an increase in the overall average borrowing rates. 

  ●  Losses on notes repurchased during fiscal 2010 includes the amount paid exceeding the carrying value of the notes 

repurchased, which primarily includes the repurchases of the 2011 Notes and the 7.35% Senior notes due April 2016 
(2016 Notes). 

  ●  Non-cash interest expense primarily includes interest related to the amortization of debt issuance costs and 

discounts/premiums on note issuances. This includes debt issuance costs incurred on the new credit facility in March 2009 
and the 10.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (2014 Notes) issued in March 2009, as well as the accretion of the debt discount 
on the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013 (2013 Notes) and 2014 Notes. Fiscal 2009 also includes expenses related 
to amendment fees paid in December 2008 on our then existing credit agreements.  

  2009 vs. 2008 – 
  ●  Cash interest expense includes interest expense related to the coupon rates for senior notes and commitment/letter of credit 

fees incurred on our revolving credit facilities. The increase was due primarily to higher average weekly indebtedness of 
approximately 13%. We also had an increase in the overall average borrowing rates. 

  ●  Non-cash interest expense primarily includes interest related to the amortization of debt issuance costs and 

discounts/premiums on note issuances. The increase was primarily due to debt issuance costs incurred on the new credit 
facility in fiscal 2009, the 2014 Notes issued in fiscal 2009 and amendment fees paid in December 2008 on our then 
existing credit agreements. In addition, we had an increase due to the accretion of the debt discount on the 2013 Notes and 
2014 Notes. Non-cash interest expense also includes an unrealized loss on our interest rate swap. 

Other (Income) Expense, net 

2010 
$20 

2009 
$18 

in millions 
2008 
$(29) 

  2010 – Included $12 million charge related to the impairment of an equity method investment. 
  2009 – Included $24 million in foreign currency exchange loss. 
  2008 – Included $18 million non-operating gain related to the sale of an investment. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective Tax Rate 

2010 
36.4% 

2009 
(1.5)% 

2008 
44.6% 

The effective tax rate on continuing operations was impacted by a number of items which result in a difference between our effective 
tax rate and the U.S. statutory rate of 35%. The table below reflects significant items impacting the rate as indicated. 

Impairment of goodwill, which is not deductible for income tax purposes, increased the rate 0.9%. 

  2010 – 
  ●  Domestic production activity deduction reduced the rate 2.0%. 
  ●  Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits reduced the rate 1.4%. 
  ●  Decrease in state valuation allowances reduced the rate 1.0%. 
  ●  State income taxes, excluding unrecognized tax benefits, increased the rate 3.4%. 
  ● 
  2009 – 
  ● 
  ● 
  ●  General business credits increased the rate 2.2%. 
  ●  Tax planning in foreign jurisdictions increased the rate 1.7%. 
  2008 – 
  ● 
  ● 
  ●  Net negative return on company-owned life insurance policies, which is not deductible for federal income tax purposes, 

Impairment of goodwill, which is not deductible for income tax purposes, reduced the rate 36.1%. 
Increase in foreign valuation allowances reduced the rate 3.8%. 

Increase in state valuation allowances increased the rate 5.0%. 
Increase in unrecognized tax benefits increased the rate 4.4%. 

increased the rate 3.8%. 

  ●  General business credits reduced the rate 3.8%. 

SEGMENT RESULTS 
We operate in four segments: Chicken, Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods. Beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2010, we modified the 
presentation of our segment sales to include the impact of intersegment sales. All periods presented below include this impact. The 
following table is a summary of sales and operating income (loss), which is how we measure segment income (loss). Segment results 
exclude the results of our discontinued operation, Lakeside. 

Chicken 
Beef 
Pork 
Prepared Foods 
Other 
Intersegment Sales 
Total 

2010 
$10,062 
11,707 
4,552 
2,999 
- 
(890) 
$28,430 

Sales 

2009 
$9,660 
10,937 
3,875 
2,836 
- 
(604) 
$26,704 

Operating Income (Loss) 

in millions 

2008 
$8,900 
11,806 
4,104 
2,711 
- 
(659) 
$26,862 

2010 
$519 
542 
381 
124 
(10) 
- 
$1,556 

2009 
$(157) 
(346) 
160 
133 
(5) 
- 
$(215) 

2008 
$(118) 
106 
280 
63 
- 
- 
$331 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chicken Segment Results 

Sales 
Sales Volume Change 
Average Sales Price Change 

2010 
$10,062 

2009 
$9,660 

Operating Income (Loss) 
Operating Margin 

$519 
5.2% 

$(157) 
(1.6)% 

Change 2010 
vs. 2009 
$402 
2.0% 
2.1% 

$676 

in millions 
Change 2009 
vs. 2008 
$760 
8.8% 
(0.2)% 

$(39) 

2008 
$8,900 

$(118) 
(1.3)% 

  2010 – Operating income included a $38 million gain from insurance proceeds and a $29 million non-cash, non-tax deductible 

charge related to a full goodwill impairment of an immaterial Chicken segment reporting unit. 

  2008 – Operating loss included $26 million of charges related to: plant closings; impairments of unimproved real property and 

software; and severance. 

  2010 vs. 2009 – 
  ●  Sales Volume – The increase in sales volume for fiscal 2010 was due to sales volume related to a fiscal 2009 acquisition, 

partially offset by a decrease due to the extra week in fiscal 2009. 

  ●  Average Sales Price – The increase in average sales prices is primarily due to sales mix changes associated with the 

reduced sales volume of lower price per pound rendered products. 

  ●  Operating Income (Loss) –  

●  Operational Improvements – Operating results were positively impacted by operational improvements, which 

included: yield, mix and live production performance improvements; additional processing flexibility; and reduced 
interplant product movement. 

●  Derivative Activities – Operating results included the following amounts for commodity risk management activities 

related to grain and energy purchases. These amounts exclude the impact from related physical purchase transactions, 
which impact current and future period operating results. 

2010 – Loss 
2009 – Loss 
 Improvement in operating results 

$(6) million 
(257) million 
$251 million 

●  Grain Costs – Operating results were positively impacted in fiscal 2010 by a decrease in grain costs of $158 million. 
●  Operating results included an increase in incentive-based compensation. 

  2009 vs. 2008 – 
  ●  Sales Volume – The increase in sales volume for fiscal 2009 was due to the extra week in fiscal 2009, as well as inventory 

reductions and sales volume related to recent acquisitions. 

  ●  Average Sales Price – The inventory reductions and recent acquisitions lowered the average sales price, as most of the 

inventory reduction related to commodity products shipped internationally and sales volume from recent acquisitions was 
on lower priced products. 

  ●  Operating Loss –  

●  Operational Improvements – Operating results were positively impacted by operational improvements, which 

included: yield, mix and live production performance improvements; additional processing flexibility; and reduced 
interplant product movement. 

●  Derivative Activities – Operating results included the following amounts for commodity risk management activities 

related to grain and energy purchases. These amounts exclude the impact from related physical purchase transactions, 
which impact current and future period operating results. 

2009 – Loss 
2008 – Income 
 Decline in operating results 

$(257) million 
206 million 
$(463) million 

●  SG&A Expenses – We reduced our selling, general and administrative expenses during fiscal 2009 by approximately 

$37 million. 

●  Grain Costs – Operating results were positively impacted in fiscal 2009 by a decrease in grain costs of $28 million. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beef Segment Results 

Sales 
Sales Volume Change 
Average Sales Price Change 

2010 
$11,707 

2009 
$10,937 

Operating Income (Loss) 
Operating Margin 

$542 
4.6% 

$(346) 
(3.2)% 

Change 2010 
vs. 2009 
$770 
(1.9)% 
9.1% 

$888 

in millions 
Change 2009 
vs. 2008 
$(869) 
0.8% 
(8.1)% 

$(452) 

2008 
$11,806 

$106 
0.9% 

  2009 – Operating loss included a $560 million non-cash charge related to the partial impairment of goodwill. 
  2008 – Operating income included $35 million of charges related to: plant restructuring, impairments of packaging equipment 

and intangible assets, and severance. 

  2010 vs. 2009 – 
  ●  Sales and Operating Income (Loss) – 

●  We increased our operating margins by maximizing our revenues relative to the rising live cattle markets, as well as 
improved our operating costs. In addition, we had an improvement in our export sales. Operating results included an 
increase in incentive-based compensation. 

●  Derivative Activities – Operating results included the following amounts for commodity risk management activities 
related to forward futures contracts for live cattle. These amounts exclude the impact from related physical sale and 
purchase transactions, which impact current and future period operating results. 

2010 – Loss 
2009 – Income 
Decline in operating results 

$(15) million 
102 million 
$(117) million 

  2009 vs. 2008 – 
  ●  Sales and Operating Income (Loss) – 

●  While our average sales prices have decreased as compared to fiscal 2008, we have still maintained a margin as the 

average live costs decreased in line with the drop in our average sales price. 

●  Derivative Activities – Operating results included the following amounts for commodity risk management activities 
related to forward futures contracts for live cattle. These amounts exclude the impact from related physical sale and 
purchase transactions, which impact current and future period operating results. 

2009 – Income 
2008 – Income 
Improvement in operating results 

$102 million 
53 million 
$49 million 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pork Segment Results 

Sales 
Sales Volume Change 
Average Sales Price Change 

2010 
$4,552 

2009 
$3,875 

Operating Income  
Operating Margin 

$381 
8.4% 

$160 
4.1% 

Change 2010 
vs. 2009 
$677 
(3.3)% 
21.4% 

$221 

in millions 
Change 2009 
vs. 2008 
$(229) 
1.7% 
(7.2)% 

$(120) 

2008 
$4,104 

$280 
6.8% 

  2008 – Operating income included $5 million of charges related to impairment of packaging equipment and severance. 

  2010 vs. 2009 – 
  ●  Sales and Operating Income –  

●  We increased our operating margins by maximizing our revenues relative to the rising live hog markets. In addition, 
we had an improvement in our export sales. Operating results included an increase in incentive-based compensation. 
●  Derivative Activities – Operating results included the following amounts for commodity risk management activities 
related to forward futures contracts for live hogs. These amounts exclude the impact from related physical sale and 
purchase transactions, which impact current and future period operating results. 

2010 – Loss 
2009 – Income 
Decline in operating results 

$(36) million 
55 million 
($91) million 

  2009 vs. 2008 – 
  ●  Sales and Operating Income –  

●  Operating results for fiscal 2009 were strong, but down when compared to the record year we had in fiscal 2008. 
While sales volume was relatively flat versus fiscal 2008, results were negatively impacted by a decrease in our 
average sales prices, which were only partially offset by the decrease in average live costs. 

●  Derivative Activities – Operating results included the following amounts for commodity risk management activities 
related to forward futures contracts for live hogs. These amounts exclude the impact from related physical sale and 
purchase transactions, which impact current and future period operating results. 

2009 – Income 
2008 – Income 
Decline in operating results 

$55 million 
95 million 
($40) million 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prepared Foods Segment Results 

Sales 
Sales Volume Change 
Average Sales Price Change 

2010 
$2,999 

2009 
$2,836 

Operating Income  
Operating Margin 

$124 
4.1% 

$133 
4.7% 

Change 2010 
vs. 2009 
$163 
0.3% 
5.5% 

$(9) 

in millions 
Change 2009 
vs. 2008 
$125 
5.2% 
(0.6)% 

$70 

2008 
$2,711 

$63 
2.3% 

  2009 – Operating income included a $15 million charge related to closing our Ponca City, Oklahoma, processed meats plant. 
  2008 – Operating income included $10 million of charges related to flood damage, an intangible asset impairment and 

severance. 

  2010 vs. 2009 – 
  ●  Sales and Operating Income – Despite the increase in average sales prices and sales volume, operating income declined 
in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 due to an increase in raw material costs. However, we made several operational 
improvements in late fiscal 2009 that allow us to run our plants more efficiently. We also received $8 million in insurance 
proceeds in fiscal 2010 related to the flood damage at our Jefferson, Wisconsin, plant. Operating results included an 
increase in incentive-based compensation. 

  2009 vs. 2008 – 
  ●  Sales and Operating Income – Operating results improved due to an increase in sales volume, as well as a reduction in 
raw material costs that exceeded the decrease in our average sales prices. In addition, we made several operational 
improvements in fiscal 2009 that allow us to run our plants more efficiently. We began realizing the majority of these 
improvements in our operating results during the latter part of fiscal 2009. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 
Our cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities and the repurchase/redemption of our 2011 Notes are 
expected to be met with current cash on hand, cash flows provided by operating activities, or short-term borrowings. Based on our 
current expectations, we believe our liquidity and capital resources will be sufficient to operate our business. However, we may take 
advantage of opportunities to generate additional liquidity or refinance existing debt through capital market transactions. The amount, 
nature and timing of any capital market transactions will depend on: our operating performance and other circumstances; our then-
current commitments and obligations; the amount, nature and timing of our capital requirements; any limitations imposed by our 
current credit arrangements; and overall market conditions. 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

Net income (loss) 
Non-cash items in net income (loss): 
Depreciation and amortization 
Deferred taxes 
Impairment of goodwill 
Impairment of assets 
Other, net 

Changes in working capital 
Net cash provided by operating activities 

2010 
$765 

497 
18 
29 
36 
76 
11 
$1,432 

2009 
$(551) 

513 
(33) 
560 
32 
72 
367 
$960 

in millions 
2008 
$86 

493 
35 
- 
57 
26 
(342) 
$355 

Cash flows associated with changes in working capital: 
  ●  2010 – Increased due to the increase in accrued salaries, wages and benefits and accounts payable balances, almost entirely 

offset by the increase in inventory and accounts receivable balances. The increase in accrued salaries, wages and benefits 
is primarily due to the accruals for incentive-based compensation. 

  ●  2009 – Increased primarily due to a reduction in inventory and accounts receivable balances, partially offset by a reduction 

in accounts payable. The lower inventory balance was primarily due to the reduction of inventory volumes, as well as a 
decrease in raw material costs. 

  ●  2008 – Decreased primarily due to higher inventory and accounts receivable balances, partially offset by a higher accounts 
payable balance. Higher inventory balances were driven by an increase in raw material costs and inventory volume. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities 

Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from sale (purchase) of marketable securities, net 
Change in restricted cash to be used for investing activities 
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operation 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Other, net 
Net cash used for investing activities 

2010 
$(550) 
(4) 
43 
- 
- 
11 
$(500) 

2009 
$(368) 
19 
(43) 
75 
(93) 
(17) 
$(427) 

in millions 
2008 
$(425) 
(3) 
- 
- 
(17) 
46 
$(399) 

  ●  Additions to property, plant and equipment include acquiring new equipment and upgrading our facilities to maintain 
competitive standing and position us for future opportunities. In fiscal 2010, our capital spending included: production 
efficiencies in our operations; Dynamic Fuels LLC’s (Dynamic Fuels) facility; and foreign operations. In fiscal 2009, our 
capital spending included: improvements made in our prepared foods operations to increase efficiencies; Dynamic Fuels’ 
facility; and foreign operations. In fiscal 2008, our capital spending included equipment updates in our chicken plants, as 
well as packaging equipment upgrades in our Fresh Meats case-ready facilities.  
●  Capital spending for fiscal 2011 is expected to be approximately $700 million, and includes spending on our 
operations for production and labor efficiencies, yield improvements and sales channel flexibility, as well as 
expansion of our foreign operations. 

●  Acquisitions – In October 2008, we acquired three vertically integrated poultry companies in southern Brazil. The 

aggregate purchase price was $67 million. In addition, we had $15 million of contingent purchase price based on 
production volumes. The joint ventures in China called Shandong Tyson Xinchang Foods received the necessary 
government approvals during fiscal 2009. The aggregate purchase price for our 60% equity interest was $21 million, 
which excludes $93 million of cash transferred to the joint venture for future capital needs. 

●  Change in restricted cash – In October 2008, Dynamic Fuels received $100 million in proceeds from the sale of Gulf 
Opportunity Zone tax-exempt bonds made available by the federal government to the regions affected by Hurricanes 
Katrina and Rita in 2005. The cash received from these bonds was restricted and could only be used towards the 
construction of the Dynamic Fuels’ facility. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities 

Net borrowings (payments) on revolving credit facilities 
Payments on debt 
Net proceeds from borrowings 
Net proceeds from Class A stock offering 
Convertible note hedge transactions 
Warrant transactions 
Purchases of treasury shares 
Dividends 
Debt issuance costs 
Change in restricted cash to be used for financing activities 
Other, net 
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities 

2010 
$- 
(1,034) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(48) 
(59) 
- 
140 
42 
$(959) 

2009 
$15 
(380) 
852 
- 
- 
- 
(19) 
(60) 
(59) 
(140) 
6 
$215 

in millions 
2008 
$(213) 
(147) 
449 
274 
(94) 
44 
(30) 
(56) 
- 
- 
27 
$254 

  ●  Net borrowings (payments) on revolving credit facilities primarily include activity related to the accounts receivable 

securitization facility. With the entry into the new revolving credit facility and issuance of the 2014 Notes in March 2009, 
we repaid all outstanding borrowings under our accounts receivable securitization facility and terminated the facility. 

  ●  Payments on debt include – 

●   2010 – $524 million of 2011 Notes; $222 million of 2016 Notes; $140 million of 7.95% Notes due February 2010 

(2010 Notes) (using the restricted cash held in a blocked cash collateral account for the retirement of these notes); $52 
million of 7.0% Notes due May 2018; and $61 million related to the premiums on notes repurchased during the year. 

●  2009 – $161 million of 2011 Notes; $94 million of 2010 Notes (using the restricted cash held in a blocked cash 

collateral account for the repurchase of these notes); and $38 million 2016 Notes. 

●  2008 – $40 million 2016 Notes and repaid the remaining $25 million outstanding Lakeside term loan. 

  ●  Net proceeds from borrowings include – 

●  In fiscal 2009, we issued $810 million of 2014 Notes. After the original issue discount of $59 million, based on an 

issue price of 92.756% of face value, we received net proceeds of $751 million. We used the net proceeds towards the 
repayment of our borrowings under our accounts receivable securitization facility and for other general corporate 
purposes. 

●  In fiscal 2009, Dynamic Fuels received $100 million in proceeds from the sale of Gulf Opportunity Zone tax-exempt 

bonds made available by the Federal government to the regions affected by Hurricanes Katrina and Rita in 2005. These 
floating rate bonds are due October 1, 2033. 

●  In fiscal 2008, we issued $458 million 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes due October 15, 2013. Net proceeds were used 

for the net cost of the related Convertible Note Hedge and Warrant Transactions, toward the repayment of our 
borrowings under the accounts receivable securitization facility, and for other general corporate purposes. 

  ●  In fiscal 2008, we issued 22.4 million shares of Class A stock in a public offering. Net proceeds were used toward 

repayment of our borrowings under the accounts receivable securitization facility and for other general corporate purposes. 

  ●  In conjunction with the entry into our new credit facility and the issuance of the 2014 Notes during fiscal 2009, we paid 

$48 million for debt issuance costs. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Revolving credit facility 
Total liquidity 

Commitments 
Expiration 
Date 

Facility 
Amount 

Borrowing 
Base 
Adjustment 

Outstanding Letters of 
Credit under Revolving 
Credit Facility (no 
draw downs) 

Amount 
Borrowed 

March 2012 

$1,000 

$- 

$175 

$- 

in millions 

Amount 
Available 
$978 
$825 
$1,803 

●  The revolving credit facility supports our short-term funding needs and letters of credit. Letters of credit are issued 
primarily in support of workers’ compensation insurance programs, derivative activities and Dynamic Fuels’ Gulf 
Opportunity Zone tax-exempt bonds. 
●  Borrowing Base Adjustment – Availability under this facility, up to $1.0 billion, is based on a percentage of certain 
eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory and is reduced by certain reserves. At October 2, 2010, the entire 
$1.0 billion was eligible for borrowing and issuing letters of credit. 

●  Our 2013 Notes may be converted early during any fiscal quarter in the event our Class A stock trades at or above $21.96 
for at least 20 trading days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding 
fiscal quarter. In this event, the note holders may require us to pay outstanding principal in cash, which totaled $458 
million at October 2, 2010. Any conversion premium would be paid in shares of Class A stock. The conditions for early 
conversion were not met in our fourth fiscal quarter of fiscal 2010, and thus, the notes may not be converted in our first 
quarter fiscal 2011. Should the conditions for early conversion be satisfied in future quarters, and the holders exercised 
their early conversion option, we would use current cash on hand and cash flow from operations for principal payments. 
●  At October 2, 2010, we had $315 million of 2011 Notes outstanding. We plan presently to use current cash on hand and 

cash flows from operations for payment on the remaining 2011 Notes due on October 1, 2011. 
●  Our current ratio was 1.81 to 1 and 2.20 to 1 at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, respectively. 

Deterioration of Credit and Capital Markets 
Credit market conditions deteriorated rapidly during our fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and although they have improved, they have not 
returned to pre-2008 levels. Several major banks and financial institutions failed or were forced to seek assistance through distressed 
sales or emergency government measures. While not all-inclusive, the following summarizes some of the impacts to our business: 

Credit Facility 
Cash flows from operating activities and current cash on hand are our primary source of liquidity for funding debt service and capital 
expenditures. We also have a revolving credit facility, with a committed maximum capacity of $1.0 billion, to provide additional 
liquidity for working capital needs, letters of credit, and as a source of financing for growth opportunities. As of October 2, 2010, we 
had outstanding letters of credit totaling $175 million, none of which were drawn upon, which left $825 million available for 
borrowing. Our revolving credit facility is funded by a syndicate of 19 banks, with commitments ranging from $6 million to $115 
million per bank. The syndicate includes bank holding companies that are required to be adequately capitalized under federal bank 
regulatory agency requirements. If any of the banks in the syndicate are unable to perform on their commitments to fund the facility, 
our liquidity could be impaired, which could reduce our ability to fund working capital needs, support letters of credit or finance our 
growth opportunities. 

Customers/Suppliers 
The financial condition of some of our customers and suppliers could also be impaired by current market conditions. Although we 
have not experienced a material increase in customer bad debts or non-performance by suppliers, current market conditions increase 
the probability we could experience losses from customer or supplier defaults. Should credit and capital market conditions result in a 
prolonged economic downturn in the United States and abroad, demand for protein products could be reduced, which could result in a 
reduction of sales, operating income and cash flows. In addition, we rely on livestock producers throughout the country to supply our 
live cattle and hogs. If these producers are adversely impacted by the current economic conditions and terminate their production, our 
livestock supply for processing could be significantly impacted. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally, we have cash flow assistance programs in which certain livestock suppliers participate. Under these programs, we pay 
an amount for livestock equivalent to a standard cost to grow such livestock during periods of low market sales prices. The amounts of 
such payments that are in excess of the market sales price are recorded as receivables and accrue interest. Participating suppliers are 
obligated to repay these receivables balances when market sales prices exceed this standard cost, or upon termination of the 
agreement. Our maximum obligation associated with these programs is limited to the fair value of each participating livestock 
supplier’s net tangible assets. Although we believe the aggregate maximum obligation under the program is unlikely to ever be 
reached, the potential maximum obligation as of October 2, 2010, was approximately $215 million. The total receivables under these 
programs were $51 million and $72 million at October 2, 2010 and October 3, 2009, respectively. Even though these programs are 
limited to the net tangible assets of the participating livestock suppliers, we also manage a portion of our credit risk associated with 
these programs by obtaining security interests in livestock suppliers' assets. After analyzing residual credit risks and general market 
conditions, we have recorded an allowance for these programs' estimated uncollectible receivables of $15 million and $20 million at 
October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, respectively. 

Investments 
The value of our investments in equity and debt securities, including our marketable debt securities, company-owned life insurance 
and pension and other postretirement plan assets, are impacted by market volatility. These instruments were recorded at fair value as 
of October 2, 2010. We did not have a significant change in fair value of these instruments during fiscal 2010. 

We currently oversee two domestic and one foreign subsidiary non-contributory qualified defined benefit pension plans. All three 
pension plans are frozen to new participants and no additional benefits will accrue for participants. Based on our 2010 actuarial 
valuation, we anticipate contributions of $5 million to these plans for fiscal 2011. We also have one domestic unfunded defined 
benefit plan. Based on our 2010 actuarial valuation, we anticipate contributions of $2 million to this plan in fiscal 2011. 

Financial Instruments 
As part of our commodity risk management activities, we use derivative financial instruments, primarily futures and options, to reduce 
our exposure to various market risks related to commodity purchases. Similar to the capital markets, the commodities markets have 
been volatile over the past few years. Grain and some energy prices remain volatile after reaching an all-time high during our fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2008 before falling sharply. While the reduction in grain and energy prices benefit us long-term, we recorded losses 
related to these financial instruments in fiscal 2009 of $257 million. We have implemented policies to reduce our earnings volatility 
associated with mark-to-market derivative activities, including more use of normal physical purchases and normal physical sales 
which are not required to be marked to market. 

Insurance 
We rely on insurers as a protection against liability claims, property damage and various other risks. Our primary insurers maintain an 
A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A or better. Nevertheless, we continue to monitor this situation as insurers have been and are 
expected to continue to be impacted by the current capital market environment. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Ratings 
2016 Notes 
On September 4, 2008, Standard & Poor’s (S&P) downgraded the credit rating from “BBB-” to “BB.” This downgrade increased the 
interest rate on the 2016 Notes from 6.85% to 7.35%, effective beginning with the six-month interest payment due October 1, 2008. 

On November 13, 2008, Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (Moody’s) downgraded the credit rating from “Ba1” to “Ba3.” This 
downgrade increased the interest rate on the 2016 Notes from 7.35% to 7.85%, effective beginning with the six-month interest 
payment due April 1, 2009. 

On August 19, 2010, S&P upgraded the credit rating from “BB” to “BB+.” On September 2, 2010, Moody’s upgraded the credit rating 
from “Ba3” to “Ba2.” These upgrades decreased the interest rate on the 2016 Notes from 7.85% to 7.35%, effective beginning with 
the six-month interest payment due October 1, 2010. 

A further one-notch upgrade by either ratings agency would decrease the interest rates on the 2016 Notes by 0.25%, while a one-notch 
downgrade by either ratings agency would increase the interest rates on the 2016 Notes by 0.25%. 

Revolving Credit Facility 
S&P’s corporate credit rating for Tyson Foods, Inc. is “BB+.” Moody’s corporate credit rating for Tyson Foods, Inc. is “Ba2.” If 
Moody’s were to upgrade our credit rating to “Ba1” or higher, while our S&P credit rating remained at “BB+” or higher, our letter of 
credit fees would decrease by 0.25%. 

If S&P were to downgrade our corporate credit rating to “B+” or lower or Moody’s were to downgrade our corporate credit rating to 
“B1” or lower, our letter of credit fees would increase by an additional 0.25%. 

Debt Covenants 
Our revolving credit facility contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: 
create liens and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or 
transfer assets; pay dividends or make other payments in respect of our capital stock; amend material documents; change the nature of 
our business; make certain payments of debt; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into sale/leaseback or hedging 
transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. If availability under this facility is less than the greater of 
15% of the commitments and $150 million, we will be required to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. 

Our 2014 Notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: incur 
additional debt and issue preferred stock; make certain investments and restricted payments; create liens; create restrictions on 
distributions from subsidiaries; engage in specified sales of assets and subsidiary stock; enter into transactions with affiliates; enter 
new lines of business; engage in consolidation, mergers and acquisitions; and engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions. 

We were in compliance with all covenants at October 2, 2010. 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements material to our financial position or results of operations. The off-balance sheet 
arrangements we have are guarantees of debt of outside third parties, including a lease and grower loans, and residual value guarantees 
covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. See Note 10: Commitments of the Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements for further discussion. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of October 2, 2010: 

Debt and capital lease obligations: 

Principal payments (1) 
Interest payments (2) 
Guarantees (3) 

Operating lease obligations (4) 
Purchase obligations (5) 
Capital expenditures (6) 
Other long-term liabilities (7) 
Total contractual commitments 

Payments Due by Period 

2011 

2012-2013 

2014-2015 

$401 
209 
18 
91 
829 
371 
12 
$1,931 

$15 
305 
40 
122 
55 
17 
5 
$559 

$1,277 
199 
44 
49 
24 
0 
4 
$1,597 

in millions 

Total 

$2,641 
785 
114 
317 
944 
388 
49 
$5,238 

2016 and 
thereafter 

$948 
72 
12 
55 
36 
0 
28 
$1,151 

(1) 
(2) 

In the event of a default on payment, acceleration of the principal payments could occur. 
Interest payments include interest on all outstanding debt. Payments are estimated for variable rate and variable term debt 
based on effective rates at October 2, 2010, and expected payment dates. 

(3)  Amounts include guarantees of debt of outside third parties, which consist of a lease and grower loans, all of which are 

substantially collateralized by the underlying assets, as well as residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases 
for various types of equipment. The amounts included are the maximum potential amount of future payments. 

(4)  Amounts include minimum lease payments under lease agreements. 
(5)  Amounts include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and specify all 

significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and 
the approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase obligations amount included items, such as future purchase 
commitments for grains, livestock contracts and fixed grower fees that provide terms that meet the above criteria. We have 
excluded future purchase commitments for contracts that do not meet these criteria. Purchase orders have not been included 
in the table, as a purchase order is an authorization to purchase and may not be considered an enforceable and legally 
binding contract. Contracts for goods or services that contain termination clauses without penalty have also been excluded. 

(6)  Amounts include estimated amounts to complete buildings and equipment under construction as of October 2, 2010. 
(7)  Amounts include items that meet the definition of a purchase obligation and are recorded in the Consolidated Balance 

Sheets. 

In addition to the amounts shown above in the table, we have unrecognized tax benefits of $184 million and related interest and 
penalties of $64 million at October 2, 2010, recorded as liabilities. During fiscal 2011, tax audit resolutions could potentially reduce 
these amounts by approximately $20 million, either because tax positions are sustained on audit or because we agree to their 
disallowance. 

The maximum contractual obligation associated with our cash flow assistance programs at October 2, 2010, based on the estimated 
fair values of the livestock supplier’s net tangible assets on that date, aggregated to approximately $215 million, or approximately 
$164 million remaining maximum commitment after netting the cash flow assistance related receivables. 

The minority partner in our Shandong Tyson Xinchang Foods joint ventures in China has the right to exercise put options to require us 
to purchase its entire 40% equity interest at a price equal to the minority partner’s contributed capital plus (minus) its pro-rata share of 
the joint venture's accumulated and undistributed net earnings (losses). The put options are exercisable for a five-year term 
commencing April 2011. At October 2, 2010, the put options, if they had been exercisable, would have resulted in a purchase price of 
approximately $67 million for the minority partner’s entire equity interest. 

RECENTLY ISSUED/ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 
Refer to the discussion under Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 1: Business and Summary of 
Significant Accounting Policies for recently issued accounting pronouncements and Note 2: Change in Accounting Principles for 
recently adopted accounting pronouncements. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from 
those estimates. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates we consider critical. 

Description 

Judgments and Uncertainties 

Effect if Actual Results Differ From 
Assumptions 

Contingent liabilities 
We are subject to lawsuits, 
investigations and other claims related 
to wage and hour/labor, environmental, 
product, taxing authorities and other 
matters, and are required to assess the 
likelihood of any adverse judgments or 
outcomes to these matters, as well as 
potential ranges of probable losses. 

A determination of the amount of 
reserves and disclosures required, if 
any, for these contingencies are made 
after considerable analysis of each 
individual issue. We accrue for 
contingent liabilities when an 
assessment of the risk of loss is 
probable and can be reasonably 
estimated. We disclose contingent 
liabilities when the risk of loss is 
reasonably possible or probable. 

Marketing and advertising costs 
We incur advertising, retailer incentive 
and consumer incentive costs to 
promote products through marketing 
programs. These programs include 
cooperative advertising, volume 
discounts, in-store display incentives, 
coupons and other programs.  

Marketing and advertising costs are 
charged in the period incurred. We 
accrue costs based on the estimated 
performance, historical utilization and 
redemption of each program. 

Cash consideration given to customers 
is considered a reduction in the price of 
our products, thus recorded as a 
reduction to sales. The remainder of 
marketing and advertising costs is 
recorded as a selling, general and 
administrative expense. 

  Our contingent liabilities contain 
uncertainties because the eventual 
outcome will result from future events, 
and determination of current reserves 
requires estimates and judgments 
related to future changes in facts and 
circumstances, differing interpretations 
of the law and assessments of the 
amount of damages, and the 
effectiveness of strategies or other 
factors beyond our control. 

  We have not made any material 

changes in the accounting methodology 
used to establish our contingent 
liabilities during the past three fiscal 
years. 

We do not believe there is a reasonable 
likelihood there will be a material 
change in the estimates or assumptions 
used to calculate our contingent 
liabilities. However, if actual results are 
not consistent with our estimates or 
assumptions, we may be exposed to 
gains or losses that could be material. 

  Recognition of the costs related to these 
programs contains uncertainties due to 
judgment required in estimating the 
potential performance and redemption 
of each program. 

  We have not made any material 

changes in the accounting methodology 
used to establish our marketing 
accruals during the past three fiscal 
years. 

These estimates are based on many 
factors, including experience of similar 
promotional programs. 

We do not believe there is a reasonable 
likelihood there will be a material 
change in the estimates or assumptions 
used to calculate our marketing 
accruals. However, if actual results are 
not consistent with our estimates or 
assumptions, we may be exposed to 
gains or losses that could be material. 

A 10% change in our marketing 
accruals at October 2, 2010, would 
impact pretax earnings by 
approximately $11 million. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description 

Judgments and Uncertainties 

Effect if Actual Results Differ From 
Assumptions 

Accrued self insurance 
We are self insured for certain losses 
related to health and welfare, workers’ 
compensation, auto liability and general 
liability claims. 

We use an independent third-party 
actuary to assist in determining our self-
insurance liability. We and the actuary 
consider a number of factors when 
estimating our self-insurance liability, 
including claims experience, 
demographic factors, severity factors 
and other actuarial assumptions. 

We periodically review our estimates 
and assumptions with our third-party 
actuary to assist us in determining the 
adequacy of our self-insurance liability. 
Our policy is to maintain an accrual 
within the central to high point of the 
actuarial range. 

Impairment of long-lived assets 
Long-lived assets are evaluated for 
impairment whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate the carrying 
value may not be recoverable. 
Examples include a significant adverse 
change in the extent or manner in which 
we use a long-lived asset or a change in 
its physical condition. 

When evaluating long-lived assets for 
impairment, we compare the carrying 
value of the asset to the asset’s 
estimated undiscounted future cash 
flows. An impairment is indicated if the 
estimated future cash flows are less 
than the carrying value of the asset. The 
impairment is the excess of the carrying 
value over the fair value of the long-
lived asset. 

We recorded impairment charges 
related to long-lived assets of $19 
million, $25 million, and $52 million, 
respectively, in fiscal years 2010, 2009, 
and 2008. 

  Our self-insurance liability contains 
uncertainties due to assumptions 
required and judgment used. 

Costs to settle our obligations, 
including legal and healthcare costs, 
could increase or decrease causing 
estimates of our self-insurance liability 
to change. 

Incident rates, including frequency and 
severity, could increase or decrease 
causing estimates in our self-insurance 
liability to change. 

  Our impairment analysis contains 
uncertainties due to judgment in 
assumptions and estimates surrounding 
undiscounted future cash flows of the 
long-lived asset, including forecasting 
useful lives of assets and selecting the 
discount rate that reflects the risk 
inherent in future cash flows to 
determine fair value. 

  We have not made any material 

changes in the accounting methodology 
used to establish our self-insurance 
liability during the past three fiscal 
years. 

We do not believe there is a reasonable 
likelihood there will be a material 
change in the estimates or assumptions 
used to calculate our self-insurance 
liability. However, if actual results are 
not consistent with our estimates or 
assumptions, we may be exposed to 
gains or losses that could be material. 

A 10% increase in the actuarial range at 
October 2, 2010, would result in an 
increase in the amount we recorded for 
our self-insurance liability of 
approximately $24 million. A 10% 
decrease in the actuarial range at 
October 2, 2010, would not result in a 
material change in the amount we 
recorded for our self-insurance liability. 

  We have not made any material 

changes in the accounting methodology 
used to evaluate the impairment of 
long-lived assets during the last three 
fiscal years. 

We do not believe there is a reasonable 
likelihood there will be a material 
change in the estimates or assumptions 
used to calculate impairments of long-
lived assets. However, if actual results 
are not consistent with our estimates 
and assumptions used to calculate 
estimated future cash flows, we may be 
exposed to impairment losses that 
could be material. Additionally, we 
continue to evaluate our future 
international business strategies, which 
may expose us to future impairment 
losses. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description 

Judgments and Uncertainties 

Effect if Actual Results Differ From 
Assumptions 

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets 
Goodwill impairment is determined using a 
two-step process. The first step is to identify 
if a potential impairment exists by 
comparing the fair value of a reporting unit 
with its carrying amount, including 
goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit 
exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the 
reporting unit is not considered to have a 
potential impairment and the second step of 
the impairment test is not necessary. 
However, if the carrying amount of a 
reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the 
second step is performed to determine if 
goodwill is impaired and to measure the 
amount of impairment loss to recognize, if 
any. 

  We estimate the fair value of our reporting 
units, generally our operating segments, 
using various valuation techniques, with the 
primary technique being a discounted cash 
flow analysis, which uses significant 
unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as 
defined by the fair value hierarchy. A 
discounted cash flow analysis requires us to 
make various judgmental assumptions about 
sales, operating margins, growth rates and 
discount rates.  

The second step compares the implied fair 
value of goodwill with the carrying amount 
of goodwill. If the implied fair value of 
goodwill exceeds the carrying amount, then 
goodwill is not considered impaired. 
However, if the carrying amount of 
goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an 
impairment loss is recognized in an amount 
equal to that excess.  

The implied fair value of goodwill is 
determined in the same manner as the 
amount of goodwill recognized in a business 
combination (i.e., the fair value of the 
reporting unit is allocated to all the assets 
and liabilities, including any unrecognized 
intangible assets, as if the reporting unit had 
been acquired in a business combination and 
the fair value of the reporting unit was the 
purchase price paid to acquire the reporting 
unit). 

For other intangible assets, if the carrying 
value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair 
value, an impairment loss is recognized in 
an amount equal to that excess. 

We have elected to make the first day of the 
fourth quarter the annual impairment 
assessment date for goodwill and other 
intangible assets. However, we could be 
required to evaluate the recoverability of 
goodwill and other intangible assets prior to 
the required annual assessment if, among 
other things, we experience disruptions to 
the business, unexpected significant 
declines in operating results, divestiture of a 
significant component of the business or a 
sustained decline in market capitalization. 

Generally, we utilize normalized operating 
margin assumptions based on long-term 
expectations and operating margins 
historically realized in the reporting units’ 
industries. We include assumptions about 
sales, operating margins and growth rates 
which consider our budgets, business plans 
and economic projections, and are believed 
to reflect market participant views which 
would exist in an exit transaction. For our 
fiscal 2010 impairment test, none of our 
material reporting units operating margin 
assumptions were in excess of the annual 
margins realized in the most recent year.  

Assumptions are also made for varying 
perpetual growth rates for periods beyond 
the long-term business plan period. 

Other intangible asset fair values have been 
calculated for trademarks using a royalty 
rate method. Assumptions about royalty 
rates are based on the rates at which similar 
brands and trademarks are licensed in the 
marketplace. 

Our impairment analysis contains 
uncertainties due to uncontrollable events 
that could positively or negatively impact 
the anticipated future economic and 
operating conditions. 

36 

  We have not made any material changes in 

the accounting methodology used to 
evaluate impairment of goodwill and other 
intangible assets during the last three years. 

The discount rate used in our annual 
goodwill impairment test decreased to an 
average of 8.4% in fiscal 2010 from 10.1% 
in fiscal 2009. There were no significant 
changes in the other key estimates and 
assumptions.  

Other than the Beef reporting unit in 2009, 
no other material reporting units failed the 
first step of the annual goodwill impairment 
analysis in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 and 
therefore, the second step was not 
necessary. In fiscal 2009, we recorded a 
$560 million partial impairment of our Beef 
reporting unit’s goodwill, which was driven 
by an increase in our discount rate used in 
the 2009 annual goodwill impairment 
analysis as a result of disruptions in global 
credit and other financial markets and 
deterioration of economic conditions. In 
fiscal 2010, we recorded a non-cash $29 
million full impairment of an immaterial 
Chicken segment reporting unit’s goodwill. 

All material reporting units’ estimated fair 
value exceeded their carrying value by more 
than 20%. Consequently, we currently do 
not consider any of our material reporting 
units at significant risk of failing the first 
step of the annual goodwill impairment test. 

Some of the inherent estimates and 
assumptions used in determining fair value 
of the reporting units are outside the control 
of management, including interest rates, 
cost of capital, tax rates, and our credit 
ratings. While we believe we have made 
reasonable estimates and assumptions to 
calculate the fair value of the reporting units 
and other intangible assets, it is possible a 
material change could occur. If our actual 
results are not consistent with our estimates 
and assumptions used to calculate fair 
value, we may be required to perform the 
second step which could result in additional 
material impairments of our goodwill. 

Our fiscal 2010 other intangible asset 
impairment analysis did not result in a 
material impairment charge. A hypothetical 
10% decrease in the fair value of intangible 
assets would not result in a material 
impairment. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description 

Judgments and Uncertainties 

Effect if Actual Results Differ From 
Assumptions 

Income taxes 
We estimate total income tax expense 
based on statutory tax rates and tax 
planning opportunities available to us in 
various jurisdictions in which we earn 
income. 

Federal income tax includes an estimate 
for taxes on earnings of foreign 
subsidiaries expected to be remitted to 
the United States and be taxable, but 
not for earnings considered indefinitely 
invested in the foreign subsidiary. 

Deferred income taxes are recognized 
for the future tax effects of temporary 
differences between financial and 
income tax reporting using tax rates in 
effect for the years in which the 
differences are expected to reverse. 

Valuation allowances are recorded 
when it is likely a tax benefit will not 
be realized for a deferred tax asset. 

We record unrecognized tax benefit 
liabilities for known or anticipated tax 
issues based on our analysis of whether, 
and the extent to which, additional 
taxes will be due. 

  Changes in tax laws and rates could 

affect recorded deferred tax assets and 
liabilities in the future. 

Changes in projected future earnings 
could affect the recorded valuation 
allowances in the future. 

Our calculations related to income 
taxes contain uncertainties due to 
judgment used to calculate tax 
liabilities in the application of complex 
tax regulations across the tax 
jurisdictions where we operate. 

Our analysis of unrecognized tax 
benefits contains uncertainties based on 
judgment used to apply the more likely 
than not recognition and measurement 
thresholds. 

  We do not believe there is a reasonable 
likelihood there will be a material 
change in the tax related balances or 
valuation allowances. However, due to 
the complexity of some of these 
uncertainties, the ultimate resolution 
may result in a payment that is 
materially different from the current 
estimate of the tax liabilities. 

To the extent we prevail in matters for 
which unrecognized tax benefit 
liabilities have been established, or are 
required to pay amounts in excess of 
our recorded unrecognized tax benefit 
liabilities, our effective tax rate in a 
given financial statement period could 
be materially affected. An unfavorable 
tax settlement would require use of our 
cash and result in an increase in our 
effective tax rate in the period of 
resolution. A favorable tax settlement 
would be recognized as a reduction in 
our effective tax rate in the period of 
resolution. 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

MARKET RISK 

Market risk relating to our operations results primarily from changes in commodity prices, interest rates and foreign exchange rates, as 
well as credit risk concentrations. To address certain of these risks, we enter into various derivative transactions as described below. If 
a derivative instrument is accounted for as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the instrument 
either will be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings, or be 
recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of an 
instrument’s change in fair value is recognized immediately. Additionally, we hold certain positions, primarily in grain and livestock 
futures that either do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting or are not designated as hedges. With the exception of normal 
purchases and normal sales that are expected to result in physical delivery, we record these positions at fair value, and the unrealized 
gains and losses are reported in earnings at each reporting date. Changes in market value of derivatives used in our risk management 
activities relating to forward sales contracts are recorded in sales. Changes in market value of derivatives used in our risk management 
activities surrounding inventories on hand or anticipated purchases of inventories are recorded in cost of sales. 

The sensitivity analyses presented below are the measures of potential losses of fair value resulting from hypothetical changes in 
market prices related to commodities. Sensitivity analyses do not consider the actions we may take to mitigate our exposure to 
changes, nor do they consider the effects such hypothetical adverse changes may have on overall economic activity. Actual changes in 
market prices may differ from hypothetical changes. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commodities Risk: We purchase certain commodities, such as grains and livestock, in the course of normal operations. As part of our 
commodity risk management activities, we use derivative financial instruments, primarily futures and options, to reduce the effect of 
changing prices and as a mechanism to procure the underlying commodity. However, as the commodities underlying our derivative 
financial instruments can experience significant price fluctuations, any requirement to mark-to-market the positions that have not been 
designated or do not qualify as hedges could result in volatility in our results of operations. Contract terms of a hedge instrument 
closely mirror those of the hedged item providing a high degree of risk reduction and correlation. Contracts designated and highly 
effective at meeting this risk reduction and correlation criteria are recorded using hedge accounting. The following table presents a 
sensitivity analysis resulting from a hypothetical change of 10% in market prices as of October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, on the 
fair value of open positions. The fair value of such positions is a summation of the fair values calculated for each commodity by 
valuing each net position at quoted futures prices. The market risk exposure analysis includes hedge and non-hedge derivative 
financial instruments. 

Effect of 10% change in fair value 

Livestock: 
Cattle 
Hogs 

Grain 

in millions 
2009 

$20 
12 

1 

2010 

$39 
42 

10 

Interest Rate Risk: At October 2, 2010, we had variable rate debt of $212 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.5%. A 
hypothetical 10% increase in interest rates effective at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, would have a minimal effect on interest 
expense. 

Additionally, changes in interest rates impact the fair value of our fixed-rate debt. At October 2, 2010, we had fixed-rate debt of $2.3 
billion with a weighted average interest rate of 9.2%. Market risk for fixed-rate debt is estimated as the potential increase in fair value, 
resulting from a hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates would have increased the 
fair value of our fixed-rate debt by approximately $9 million at October 2, 2010, and $32 million at October 3, 2009. The fair values 
of our debt were estimated based on quoted market prices and/or published interest rates. 

Foreign Currency Risk: We have foreign exchange gain/loss exposure from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates 
primarily as a result of certain receivable and payable balances. The primary currency exchanges we have exposure to are the 
Canadian dollar, the Chinese renminbi, the Mexican peso, the European euro, the British pound sterling and the Brazilian real. We 
periodically enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge some portion of our foreign currency exposure. A hypothetical 
10% change in foreign exchange rates effective at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, related to the foreign exchange forward 
contracts would have a $17 million and $15 million, respectively, impact on pretax income. In the future, we may enter into more 
foreign exchange forward contracts as a result of our international growth strategy. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk: Our financial instruments exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash 
equivalents and trade receivables. Our cash equivalents are in high quality securities placed with major banks and financial 
institutions. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to our large number of customers and their 
dispersion across geographic areas. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and generally do not 
require collateral. At October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, 15.3% and 13.0%, respectively, of our net accounts receivable balance 
was due from Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. No other single customer or customer group represents greater than 10% of net accounts 
receivable. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

Sales 
Cost of Sales 
Gross Profit 
Operating Expenses: 

Selling, general and administrative 
Goodwill impairment 
Other charges 

Operating Income (Loss) 
Other (Income) Expense: 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Other, net 

Total Other (Income) Expense 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes  
Income Tax Expense  
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations 
Loss from Discontinued Operation, Net of Tax 
Net Income (Loss) 
Less:  Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest 
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding: 

Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share from Continuing Operations Attributable to Tyson: 

Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

Loss Per Share from Discontinued Operation Attributable to Tyson: 

Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

Net Earnings (Loss) per Share Attributable to Tyson: 

Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

See accompanying notes. 

Three years ended October 2, 2010 
in millions, except per share data 

2010 
$28,430 
25,916 
2,514 

2009 
$26,704 
25,501 
1,203 

2008 
$26,862 
25,616 
1,246 

929 
29 
0 
1,556 

(14) 
347 
20 
353 

1,203 
438 
765 
0 
765 
(15) 
$780 

303 
70 
379 

$2.13 
$1.91 
$2.06 

$0.00 
$0.00 
$0.00 

$2.13 
$1.91 
$2.06 

841 
560 
17 
(215) 

(17) 
327 
18 
328 

(543) 
7 
(550) 
(1) 
(551) 
(4) 
$(547) 

302 
70 
372 

$(1.49) 
$(1.35) 
$(1.47) 

$0.00 
$0.00 
$0.00 

$(1.49) 
$(1.35) 
$(1.47) 

879 
0 
36 
331 

(9) 
215 
(29) 
177 

154 
68 
86 
0 
86 
0 
$86 

281 
70 
356 

$0.25 
$0.22 
$0.24 

$0.00 
$0.00 
$0.00 

$0.25 
$0.22 
$0.24 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009 
in millions, except share and per share data 

2010 

2009 

$978 
0 
1,198 
2,274 
168 
4,618 
0 
3,674 
1,893 
166 
401 
$10,752 

$401 
1,110 
1,034 
2,545 
2,135 
321 
486 
64 

32 

7 
2,243 
3,113 
0 

(229) 
5,166 
35 
5,201 
$10,752 

$1,004 
140 
1,100 
2,009 
122 
4,375 
43 
3,576 
1,917 
187 
497 
$10,595 

$219 
1,013 
761 
1,993 
3,258 
309 
539 
65 

32 

7 
2,236 
2,399 
(34) 

(242) 
4,398 
33 
4,431 
$10,595 

Assets 
Current Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories, net 
Other current assets 

Total Current Assets 
Restricted Cash 
Net Property, Plant and Equipment 
Goodwill 
Intangible Assets 
Other Assets 
Total Assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 
Current Liabilities: 
Current debt 
Accounts payable 
Other current liabilities 

Total Current Liabilities 
Long-Term Debt 
Deferred Income Taxes 
Other Liabilities 
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest 
Shareholders’ Equity: 

Common stock ($0.10 par value): 

Class A-authorized 900 million shares: 

issued 322 million shares in both 2010 and 2009 
Convertible Class B-authorized 900 million shares: 
issued 70 million shares in both 2010 and 2009 

Capital in excess of par value 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Treasury stock, at cost- 

15 million shares in 2010 and 16 million shares in 2009 

Total Tyson Shareholders’ Equity 
Noncontrolling Interest 
Total Shareholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 
See accompanying notes. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Three years ended October 2, 2010 
in millions 

October 2, 2010 
Shares 

Amount 

October 3, 2009 
Shares 

Amount 

September 27, 2008 

Shares 

Amount 

Class A Common Stock: 

Balance at beginning of year 

Issuance of Class A Common Stock 

Balance at end of year 

Class B Common Stock: 

Balance at beginning and end of year 

Capital in Excess of Par Value: 

Balance at beginning of year 

Issuance of Class A Common Stock 
Convertible note hedge transactions 
Warrant transactions 
Issuance of convertible debt 
Stock-based compensation 
Other 

Balance at end of year 

Retained Earnings: 

Balance at beginning of year 

Cumulative effect for adoption of new accounting guidance for     
     uncertainty in income taxes 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson 
Dividends paid 
Redeemable noncontrolling interest accretion 

Balance at end of year 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax: 

Balance at beginning of year 

Hedge accounting 
Investment accounting 
Currency translation adjustments 
Net change in postretirement liabilities 

Balance at end of year 

Treasury Stock: 

Balance at beginning of year 

Purchase of treasury shares 
Stock-based compensation 

Balance at end of year 

Total Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Tyson 

Equity Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests 

Balance at beginning of year 

Net income (loss)  attributable to noncontrolling interests (1) 
Contributions by (distributions to) noncontrolling interest 
Net foreign currency translation adjustment and other 

Total Equity Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests 

322 
0 
322 

70 

16 
3 
(4) 
15 

$32 
0 
32 

322 
0 
322 

$32 
0 
32 

300 
22 
322 

$30 
2 
32 

7 

70 

7 

70 

7 

2,236 
0 
0 
0 
0 
7 
0 
2,243 

2,399 

0 
780 
(59) 
(7) 
3,113 

(34) 
12 
0 
27 
(5) 
0 

(242) 
(48) 
61 
(229) 

$5,166 

$33 
(6) 
10 
(2) 
$35 

2,217 
0 
0 
0 
0 
19 
0 
2,236 

3,006 

0 
(547) 
(60) 
0 
2,399 

41 
6 
10 
(81) 
(10) 
(34) 

(233) 
(19) 
10 
(242) 

$4,398 

$29 
(4) 
9 
(1) 
$33 

1,877 
272 
(58) 
44 
56 
21 
5 
2,217 

2,993 

(17) 
86 
(56) 
0 
3,006 

50 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
41 

(226) 
(30) 
23 
(233) 

$5,070 

$4 
0 
25 
0 
$29 

14 
2 
(1) 
15 

15 
2 
(1) 
16 

Total Shareholders’ Equity 

$5,201 

$4,431 

$5,099 

Comprehensive Income (Loss): 

Net income (loss) 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
Comprehensive Income (Loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Total Comprehensive Income (Loss) attributable to Tyson 

See accompanying notes. 

$765 
34 
799 
(6) 
$805 

$(551) 
(75) 
(626) 
(4) 
$(622) 

$86 
(9) 
77 
0 
$77 

(1) Excludes income (loss) related to redeemable noncontrolling interest of $(9) million, $0 and $0, for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

Three years ended October 2, 2010 
in millions 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities: 

Net income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation 
Amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Impairment of goodwill 
Impairment of assets 
Other, net 
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable 
(Increase) decrease in inventories 
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable 
Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable/receivable 
Decrease in interest payable 
Net change in other current assets and liabilities 

Cash Provided by Operating Activities 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities: 

Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Purchases of marketable securities 
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities 
Change in restricted cash to be used for investing activities 
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operation 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Other, net 

Cash Used for Investing Activities 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities: 

Net borrowings (payments) on revolving credit facilities 
Payments of debt 
Net proceeds from borrowings 
Net proceeds from Class A stock offering 
Convertible note hedge transactions 
Warrant transactions 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Dividends 
Debt issuance costs 
Change in restricted cash to be used for financing activities 
Other, net 

Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities 
Effect of Exchange Rate Change on Cash 
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year 
See accompanying notes. 

2010 

$765 

416 
81 
18 
29 
36 
76 
(79) 
(239) 
101 
(53) 
(4) 
285 
1,432 

(550) 
(53) 
49 
43 
0 
0 
11 
(500) 

0 
(1,034) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(48) 
(59) 
0 
140 
42 
(959) 
1 
(26) 
1,004 
$978 

2009 

$(551) 

445 
68 
(33) 
560 
32 
72 
137 
493 
(216) 
33 
(60) 
(20) 
960 

(368) 
(37) 
56 
(43) 
75 
(93) 
(17) 
(427) 

15 
(380) 
852 
0 
0 
0 
(19) 
(60) 
(59) 
(140) 
6 
215 
6 
754 
250 
$1,004 

2008 

$86 

468 
25 
35 
0 
57 
26 
(59) 
(376) 
165 
(22) 
0 
(50) 
355 

(425) 
(115) 
112 
0 
0 
(17) 
46 
(399) 

(213) 
(147) 
449 
274 
(94) 
44 
(30) 
(56) 
0 
0 
27 
254 
(2) 
208 
42 
$250 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1: BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Description of Business: Tyson Foods, Inc. (collectively, “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”), founded in 1935 with world 
headquarters in Springdale, Arkansas, is one of the world’s largest meat protein companies and the second-largest food production 
company in the Fortune 500. We produce a wide variety of brand name protein-based and prepared food products marketed in the 
United States and approximately 100 countries around the world. 

Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all wholly-owned subsidiaries, as well as majority-
owned subsidiaries for which we have a controlling interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been 
eliminated in consolidation. 

We have an investment in a joint venture, Dynamic Fuels LLC (Dynamic Fuels), in which we have a 50 percent ownership interest. 
Dynamic Fuels qualifies as a variable interest entity. Effective June 30, 2008, we began consolidating Dynamic Fuels since we are the 
primary beneficiary. At October 2, 2010, Dynamic Fuels had $154 million of total assets, of which $145 million was property, plant 
and equipment, and $107 million of total liabilities, of which $100 million was long-term debt. At October 3, 2009, Dynamic Fuels 
had $144 million of total assets, of which $64 million was property, plant and equipment, and $108 million of total liabilities, of which 
$100 million was long-term debt. 

Fiscal Year: We utilize a 52- or 53-week accounting period ending on the Saturday closest to September 30. The Company's 
accounting cycle resulted in a 52-week year for fiscal years 2010 and 2008 and a 53-week year for fiscal year 2009. 

Reclassification: In the fiscal 2010 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, we reclassified ($65 million) and $67 million, 
respectively, for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, of changes in negative book cash balances from Financing Activities to Operating 
Activities (included in Increase (decrease) in accounts payable) to conform with the current period presentation. 

Discontinued Operation: On March 13, 2009, we completed the sale of the beef processing, cattle feed yard and fertilizer assets of 
three of our Alberta, Canada subsidiaries (collectively, Lakeside), which were part of our Beef segment, and related inventories. The 
financial statements report Lakeside as a discontinued operation. See Note 4: Discontinued Operation in the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements for further information. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash equivalents consist of investments in short-term, highly liquid securities having original maturities 
of three months or less, which are made as part of our cash management activity. The carrying values of these assets approximate their 
fair values. We primarily utilize a cash management system with a series of separate accounts consisting of lockbox accounts for 
receiving cash, concentration accounts where funds are moved to, and several zero-balance disbursement accounts for funding payroll, 
accounts payable, livestock procurement, grower payments, etc. As a result of our cash management system, checks issued, but not 
presented to the banks for payment, may result in negative book cash balances. These negative book cash balances are included in 
accounts payable and other current liabilities. At October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, checks outstanding in excess of related book 
cash balances totaled approximately $267 million and $254 million, respectively. 

Accounts Receivable: We record accounts receivable at net realizable value. This value includes an appropriate allowance for 
estimated uncollectible accounts to reflect any loss anticipated on the accounts receivable balances and charged to the provision for 
doubtful accounts. We calculate this allowance based on our history of write-offs, level of past due accounts and relationships with 
and economic status of our customers. At October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, our allowance for uncollectible accounts was $32 
million and $33 million, respectively. We generally do not have collateral for our receivables, but we do periodically evaluate the 
credit worthiness of our customers.  

Inventories: Processed products, livestock and supplies and other are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost includes purchased 
raw materials, live purchase costs, growout costs (primarily feed, contract grower pay and catch and haul costs), labor and 
manufacturing and production overhead, which are related to the purchase and production of inventories. 

Processed products: 

Weighted-average method – chicken and prepared foods 
First-in, first-out method – beef and pork 

Livestock – first-in, first-out method 
Supplies and other – weighted-average method 
Total inventory, net 

43 

2010 

$721 
462 
759 
332 
$2,274 

in millions 
2009 

$629 
414 
631 
335 
$2,009 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line method, using 
estimated lives for buildings and leasehold improvements of 10 to 33 years, machinery and equipment of three to 12 years and land 
improvements and other of three to 20 years. Major repairs and maintenance costs that significantly extend the useful life of the 
related assets are capitalized. Normal repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations. 

We review the carrying value of long-lived assets at each balance sheet date if indication of impairment exists. Recoverability is 
assessed using undiscounted cash flows based on historical results and current projections of earnings before interest and taxes. We 
measure impairment as the excess of carrying cost over the fair value of an asset. The fair value of an asset is measured using 
discounted cash flows including market participant assumptions of future operating results and discount rates.  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are initially recorded at fair value and not 
amortized, but are reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Our goodwill is 
allocated by reporting unit, and we follow a two-step process to evaluate if a potential impairment exists. The first step is to identify if 
a potential impairment exists by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair 
value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered to have a potential impairment 
and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. However, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, 
the second step is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to measure the amount of impairment loss to recognize, if any. 
The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the implied fair value of 
goodwill exceeds the carrying amount, then goodwill is not considered impaired. However, if the carrying amount of goodwill 
exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill 
is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination (i.e., the fair value of the reporting 
unit is allocated to all the assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, as if the reporting unit had been acquired 
in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit). We have 
elected to make the first day of the fourth quarter the annual impairment assessment date for goodwill and other indefinite life 
intangible assets. 

We have estimated the fair value of our reporting units using a discounted cash flow analysis, which uses significant unobservable 
inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. This analysis requires us to make various judgmental estimates and 
assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount factors and are believed to reflect market participant views 
which would exist in an exit transaction. Generally, we utilize normalized operating margin assumptions based on long-term 
expectations and operating margins historically realized in the reporting units’ industries. For our fiscal 2010 impairment test, none of 
our material reporting units’ operating margin assumptions were in excess of the annual margins realized in the most recent year. 
Some of the inherent estimates and assumptions used in determining fair value of the reporting units are outside the control of 
management, including interest rates, cost of capital, tax rates, and credit ratings. While we believe we have made reasonable 
estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of the reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If our actual 
results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used to calculate fair value, we may be required to perform the second 
step in future years, which could result in material impairments of our goodwill. 

During fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, all of our reporting units passed the first step of the goodwill impairment analysis, with the 
exception of an immaterial Chicken segment reporting unit in fiscal 2010 and the Beef reporting unit in fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2010, we 
recorded a non-cash $29 million full impairment of an immaterial Chicken segment reporting unit’s goodwill. In fiscal 2009, we 
recorded a $560 million partial impairment of our Beef reporting unit’s goodwill, which was driven by an increase in our discount rate 
used in the 2009 annual goodwill impairment analysis as a result of disruptions in global credit and other financial markets and 
deterioration of economic conditions.  

For our other indefinite life intangible assets, if the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is 
recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The fair value of trademarks is determined using a royalty rate method based on 
expected revenues by trademark.  

Investments: We have investments in joint ventures and other entities. We use the cost method of accounting when our voting 
interests are less than 20 percent. We use the equity method of accounting when our voting interests are in excess of 20 percent and 
we do not have a controlling interest or a variable interest in which we are the primary beneficiary. Investments in joint ventures and 
other entities are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other Assets. 

We also have investments in marketable debt securities. We have determined all of our marketable debt securities are available-for-
sale investments. These investments are reported at fair value based on quoted market prices as of the balance sheet date, with 
unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, recorded in other comprehensive income. The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for 
amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization is recorded in interest income. The cost of 
securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Realized gains and losses on the sale of debt securities and declines in 
value judged to be other than temporary are recorded on a net basis in other income. Interest and dividends on securities classified as 
available-for-sale are recorded in interest income. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued Self Insurance: We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms in an effort to mitigate the potential 
liabilities for health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability risks. Liabilities associated with our risks 
retained are estimated, in part, by considering claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial 
assumptions. 

Capital Stock: We have two classes of capital stock, Class A Common Stock, $0.10 par value (Class A stock) and Class B Common 
Stock, $0.10 par value (Class B stock). Holders of Class B stock may convert such stock into Class A stock on a share-for-share basis. 
Holders of Class B stock are entitled to 10 votes per share, while holders of Class A stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters 
submitted to shareholders for approval. As of October 2, 2010, members of the Tyson family beneficially own, in the aggregate, 
99.97% of the outstanding shares of Class B stock and 2.42% of the outstanding shares of Class A stock, giving the Tyson family 
control of approximately 70% of the total voting power of the outstanding voting stock. Cash dividends cannot be paid to holders of 
Class B stock unless they are simultaneously paid to holders of Class A stock. The per share amount of the cash dividend paid to 
holders of Class B stock cannot exceed 90% of the cash dividend simultaneously paid to holders of Class A stock. We pay quarterly 
cash dividends to Class A and Class B shareholders. We paid Class A dividends per share of $0.16 and Class B dividends per share of 
$0.144 in each of fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008. 

The Class B stock is considered a participating security requiring the use of the two-class method for the computation of basic 
earnings per share. The two-class computation method for each period reflects the cash dividends paid for each class of stock, plus the 
amount of allocated undistributed earnings (losses) computed using the participation percentage, which reflects the dividend rights of 
each class of stock. Basic earnings per share were computed using the two-class method for all periods presented. The shares of Class 
B stock are considered to be participating convertible securities since the shares of Class B stock are convertible on a share-for-share 
basis into shares of Class A stock. Diluted earnings per share were computed assuming the conversion of the Class B shares into Class 
A shares as of the beginning of each period. 

Financial Instruments: We purchase certain commodities, such as grains and livestock in the course of normal operations. As part of 
our commodity risk management activities, we use derivative financial instruments, primarily futures and options, to reduce our 
exposure to various market risks related to these purchases, as well as to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Contract terms of 
a financial instrument qualifying as a hedge instrument closely mirror those of the hedged item, providing a high degree of risk 
reduction and correlation. Contracts designated and highly effective at meeting risk reduction and correlation criteria are recorded 
using hedge accounting. If a derivative instrument is accounted for as a hedge, changes in the fair value of the instrument will be 
offset either against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in 
other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of an instrument’s change in 
fair value is immediately recognized in earnings as a component of cost of sales. Instruments we hold as part of our risk management 
activities that do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting are marked to fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported currently in 
earnings. Changes in market value of derivatives used in our risk management activities relating to forward sales contracts are 
recorded in sales, while changes surrounding inventories on hand or anticipated purchases of inventories or supplies are recorded in 
cost of sales. We generally do not hedge anticipated transactions beyond 18 months. 

Revenue Recognition: We recognize revenue when title and risk of loss are transferred to customers, which is generally on delivery 
based on terms of sale. Revenue is recognized as the net amount estimated to be received after deducting estimated amounts for 
discounts, trade allowances and product terms. 

Litigation Reserves: There are a variety of legal proceedings pending or threatened against us. Accruals are recorded when it is 
probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated based on current law, progress of 
each case, opinions and views of legal counsel and other advisers, our experience in similar matters and intended response to the 
litigation. These amounts, which are not discounted and are exclusive of claims against third parties, are adjusted periodically as 
assessment efforts progress or additional information becomes available. We expense amounts for administering or litigating claims as 
incurred. Accruals for legal proceedings are included in Other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Freight Expense: Freight expense associated with products shipped to customers is recognized in cost of sales. 

Advertising and Promotion Expenses: Advertising and promotion expenses are charged to operations in the period incurred. 
Customer incentive and trade promotion activities are recorded as a reduction to sales based on amounts estimated as being due to 
customers, based primarily on historical utilization and redemption rates, while other advertising and promotional activities are 
recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising and promotion expenses for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 
were $505 million, $491 million and $495 million, respectively. 

Research and Development: Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs totaled $38 
million, $33 million and $30 million in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Use of Estimates: The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States, which require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial 
statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements: In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance 
removing the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity (QSPE). This guidance also clarifies the requirements for isolation and 
limitations on portions of financial assets eligible for sale accounting. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after 
November 15, 2009. Accordingly, we will adopt this guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2011 and do not expect the adoption will 
have a material impact. 

In June 2009 and December 2009, the FASB issued guidance requiring an analysis to determine whether a variable interest gives the 
entity a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. This guidance requires an ongoing assessment and eliminates the 
quantitative approach previously required for determining whether an entity is the primary beneficiary. This guidance is effective for 
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. Accordingly, we will adopt this guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2011 and do 
not expect the adoption will have a material impact. 

NOTE 2: CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES 

In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance establishing principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination: 
1) recognizes and measures in its financial statements identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest 
in the acquiree; 2) recognizes and measures goodwill acquired in a business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and 3) 
determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of a 
business combination. This guidance is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning 
of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008; therefore, we adopted this guidance at the beginning of 
fiscal 2010. The initial adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance to establish accounting and reporting standards for a noncontrolling interest in a 
subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This guidance clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an 
ownership interest in the consolidated entity and may be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements, rather than in the 
liability or mezzanine section between liabilities and equity. This guidance also requires consolidated net income be reported at 
amounts that include the net income attributable to both Tyson (the parent) and the noncontrolling interest. We adopted the 
presentation and disclosure requirements retrospectively at the beginning of fiscal 2010. Accordingly, “attributable to Tyson” refers to 
operating results exclusive of any noncontrolling interest. In conjunction with this adoption, we also adopted guidance applicable for 
all noncontrolling interests in which we are or may be required to repurchase an interest in a consolidated subsidiary from the 
noncontrolling interest holder under a put option or other contractual redemption requirement. Because we have certain redeemable 
noncontrolling interests, noncontrolling interests are presented in both the equity section and the mezzanine section of the balance 
sheet between liabilities and equity. 

In May 2008, the FASB issued guidance which specifies issuers of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon 
conversion (including partial cash settlement) should separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will 
reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. The amount allocated to 
the equity component represents a discount to the debt, which is amortized into interest expense using the effective interest method 
over the life of the debt. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 and applied it retrospectively. Upon retrospective 
adoption, our effective interest rate on our 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013 issued in September 2008 was determined to be 
8.26%, which resulted in the recognition of a $92 million discount to these notes with the offsetting after tax amount of $56 million 
recorded to capital in excess of par value. This discount will be accreted over the five-year term of the convertible notes at the 
effective interest rate. The impact to our previously reported fiscal 2008 interest expense was not significant, while the impact 
increased fiscal 2009 non-cash interest expense by $17 million.  

In December 2008, the FASB issued guidance requiring additional disclosures about assets held in an employer’s defined benefit 
pension or other postretirement plan. This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009, with early adoption 
permitted. We adopted the disclosure requirements in fiscal 2010. See Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits for 
required disclosures.

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the effects of the retrospective application of new accounting guidance on our consolidated financial 
statements (in millions, except per share data): 

Adjustments:  Adjustments: 
Previously  Convertible  Noncontrolling 
Reported 

Interest 

Debt 

September 27, 2008 – Income Statement: 

Interest Expense 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes  
Income Tax Expense 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations 
Minority Interest 
Net Income (Loss) 
Less:  Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest 
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share from Continuing Operations Attributable 

to Tyson: 
Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Tyson: 

Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

October 3, 2009 – Income Statement: 

Interest Expense 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes  
Income Tax Expense 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations 
Minority Interest 
Net Income (Loss) 
Less:  Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest 
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share from Continuing Operations Attributable 

to Tyson: 
Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Tyson: 

Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

October 3, 2009 – Balance Sheet: 

Long-Term Debt 
Deferred Income Taxes 
Minority Interest 
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest 
Capital in Excess of Par Value 
Retained Earnings 
Total Tyson Shareholders’ Equity 
Noncontrolling Interest 
Total Shareholders’ Equity 

$215 
154 
68 
86 
0 
86 
0 
0 

$0.25 
$0.22 
$0.24 

$0.25 
$0.22 
$0.24 

$310 
(526) 
14 
(540) 
(4) 
(537) 
0 
0 

$(1.47) 
$(1.32) 
$(1.44) 

$(1.47) 
$(1.32) 
$(1.44) 

$3,333 
280 
98 
0 
2,180 
2,409 
4,352 
0 
4,352 

$0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

$0.00 
$0.00 
$0.00 

$0.00 
$0.00 
$0.00 

$17 
(17) 
(7) 
(10) 
0 
(10) 
0 
0 

$(0.02) 
$(0.03) 
$(0.03) 

$(0.02) 
$(0.03) 
$(0.03) 

$(75) 
29 
0 
0 
56 
(10) 
46 
0 
46 

$0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

$0.00 
$0.00 
$0.00 

$0.00 
$0.00 
$0.00 

$0 
0 
0 
0 
4 
(4) 
(4) 
0 

$0.00 
$0.00 
$0.00 

$0.00 
$0.00 
$0.00 

$0 
0 
(98) 
65 
0 
0 
0 
33 
33 

47 

As 
Adjusted 

$215 
154 
68 
86 
0 
86 
0 
86 

$0.25 
$0.22 
$0.24 

$0.25 
$0.22 
$0.24 

$327 
(543) 
7 
(550) 
0 
(551) 
(4) 
(547) 

$(1.49) 
$(1.35) 
$(1.47) 

$(1.49) 
$(1.35) 
$(1.47) 

$3,258 
309 
0 
65 
2,236 
2,399 
4,398 
33 
4,431 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 3: ACQUISITIONS 

In August 2009, we completed the establishment of related joint ventures in China referred to as Shandong Tyson Xinchang Foods. 
The aggregate purchase price for our 60% equity interest was $21 million, which excludes $93 million of cash transferred to the joint 
venture for future capital needs. The purchase price included $29 million allocated to Intangible Assets and $19 million allocated to 
Goodwill, as well as the assumption of $76 million of Current and Long-Term Debt.  

In October 2008, we acquired three vertically integrated poultry companies in southern Brazil: Macedo Agroindustrial, Avicola 
Itaiopolis and Frangobras. The aggregate purchase price was $67 million. In addition, we had $15 million of contingent purchase price 
based on production volumes payable through fiscal 2011. The purchase price included $23 million allocated to Goodwill and $19 
million allocated to Intangible Assets.  

NOTE 4: DISCONTINUED OPERATION 

On March 13, 2009, we completed the sale of the beef processing, cattle feed yard and fertilizer assets of three of our Alberta, Canada 
subsidiaries (collectively, Lakeside), which were part of our Beef segment, and related inventories for total consideration of $145 
million, based on exchange rates then in effect. This included (a) cash received at closing of $43 million, (b) $78 million of 
collateralized notes receivable from either XL Foods or an affiliated entity to be collected throughout the two years following closing, 
and (c) $24 million of XL Foods Preferred Stock to be redeemed over five years. 

We recorded a pretax loss on sale of Lakeside of $10 million in fiscal 2009, which included an allocation of beef reporting unit 
goodwill of $59 million and cumulative currency translation adjustment gains of $41 million. 

The following is a summary of Lakeside’s operating results (in millions): 

Sales 

Pretax income from discontinued operation 
Loss on sale of discontinued operation 
Income tax expense  
Loss from discontinued operation 

NOTE 5: OTHER INCOME AND CHARGES 

2010 
$0 

$0 
0 
0 
$0 

2009 
$461 

$20 
(10) 
11 
$(1) 

2008 
$1,268 

$0 
0 
0 
$0 

During fiscal 2010, we recognized $38 million of insurance proceeds received related to losses incurred from Hurricane Katrina in 
2005. These proceeds are reflected in the Chicken segment’s Operating Income and included in the Consolidated Statements of 
Income in Cost of Sales. Also in fiscal 2010, we recorded a $12 million impairment charge related to an equity method investment. 
This charge is included in the Consolidated Statements of Income in Other, net. 

On March 27, 2009, we announced the decision to close our Ponca City, Oklahoma, processed meats plant. The plant ceased operation 
in August 2009. The closing resulted in the elimination of approximately 600 jobs. During fiscal 2009, we recorded charges of $15 
million, which included $14 million for estimated impairment charges and $1 million of employee termination benefits. The charges 
are reflected in the Prepared Foods segment’s Operating Income and included in the Consolidated Statements of Income in Other 
Charges. 

In fiscal 2008, we recorded charges of $10 million related to intangible asset impairments. Of this amount, $8 million is reflected in 
the Beef segment’s Operating Income and $2 million in the Prepared Foods segment’s Operating Income, and both are recorded in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income in Cost of Sales. We recorded charges of $7 million related to flood damage at our Jefferson, 
Wisconsin, plant. This amount is reflected in the Prepared Foods segment’s Operating Income and included in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income in Cost of Sales. We also recorded a charge of $6 million related to the impairment of unimproved real property 
in Memphis, Tennessee. This amount is reflected in the Chicken segment’s Operating Income (Loss) and included in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income in Cost of Sales. Additionally, we recorded an $18 million non-operating gain as the result of a private equity 
firm’s purchase of a technology company in which we held a minority interest. This gain was recorded in Other Income in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. 

In February 2008, we announced discontinuation of an existing product line and closing of one of our three poultry plants in 
Wilkesboro, North Carolina. The Wilkesboro cooked products plant ceased operations in April 2008. The closure resulted in 
elimination of approximately 400 jobs. In fiscal 2008, we recorded charges of $13 million for impairment charges. This amount is 
reflected in the Chicken segment’s Operating Income (Loss) and included in the Consolidated Statements of Income in Other Charges. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In January 2008, we announced the decision to restructure operations at our Emporia, Kansas, beef plant. Beef slaughter operations 
ceased during the second quarter of fiscal 2008. However, the facility is still used to process certain commodity, specialty cuts and 
ground beef, as well as a cold storage and distribution warehouse. This restructuring resulted in elimination of approximately 1,700 
jobs at the Emporia plant. In fiscal 2008, we recorded charges of $10 million for impairment charges and $7 million of other closing 
costs, consisting of $6 million for employee termination benefits and $1 million in other plant-closing related liabilities. These 
amounts were reflected in the Beef segment’s Operating Income (Loss) and included in the Consolidated Statements of Income in 
Other Charges. We have fully paid employee termination benefits and other plant-closing related liabilities. 

In fiscal 2008, management approved plans for implementation of certain recommendations resulting from the previously announced 
FAST initiative, which was focused on process improvement and efficiency creation. As a result, in fiscal 2008, we recorded charges 
of $6 million related to employee termination benefits resulting from termination of approximately 200 employees. Of these charges, 
$2 million, $2 million, $1 million and $1 million, respectively, were recorded in the Chicken, Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods 
segments’ Operating Income (Loss) and included in the Consolidated Statements of Income in Other Charges. We have fully paid the 
employee termination benefits. 

NOTE 6: DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Our business operations give rise to certain market risk exposures mostly due to changes in commodity prices, foreign currency 
exchange rates and interest rates. We manage a portion of these risks through the use of derivative financial instruments, primarily 
futures and options, to reduce our exposure to commodity price risk, foreign currency risk and interest rate risk. Forward contracts on 
various commodities, including grains, livestock and energy, are primarily entered into to manage the price risk associated with 
forecasted purchases of these inputs used in our production processes. Foreign exchange forward contracts are entered into to manage 
the fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily as a result of certain receivable and payable balances. We also 
periodically utilize interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk associated with our variable-rate borrowings. 

Our risk management programs are periodically reviewed by our Board of Directors’ Audit Committee. These programs are monitored 
by senior management and may be revised as market conditions dictate. Our current risk management programs utilize industry-
standard models that take into account the implicit cost of hedging. Risks associated with our market risks and those created by 
derivative instruments and the fair values are strictly monitored at all times, using Value-at-Risk and stress tests. Credit risks 
associated with our derivative contracts are not significant as we minimize counterparty concentrations, utilize margin accounts or 
letters of credit, and deal with credit-worthy counterparties. Additionally, our derivative contracts are mostly short-term in duration 
and we generally do not make use of credit-risk-related contingent features. No significant concentrations of credit risk existed at 
October 2, 2010. 

We recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with the 
exception of normal purchases and normal sales expected to result in physical delivery. The accounting for changes in the fair value 
(i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging 
relationship and the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging 
instruments, we designate the hedging instrument based upon the exposure being hedged (i.e., fair value hedge, cash flow hedge, or 
hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation). We qualify, or designate, a derivative financial instrument as a hedge when contract 
terms closely mirror those of the hedged item, providing a high degree of risk reduction and correlation. If a derivative instrument is 
accounted for as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the instrument either will be offset against 
the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings, or be recognized in other 
comprehensive income (loss) (OCI) until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of an instrument’s change 
in fair value is recognized in earnings immediately. We designate certain forward contracts as follows: 

  ●  Cash Flow Hedges – include certain commodity forward and option contracts of forecasted purchases (i.e., grains) and 

certain foreign exchange forward contracts. 

  ●  Fair Value Hedges – include certain commodity forward contracts of forecasted purchases (i.e., livestock). 
  ●  Net Investment Hedges – include certain foreign currency forward contracts of permanently invested capital in certain 

foreign subsidiaries. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow hedges 
Derivative instruments, such as futures and options, are designated as hedges against changes in the amount of future cash flows related to 
procurement of certain commodities utilized in our production processes. We do not purchase forward and option commodity contracts 
in excess of our physical consumption requirements and generally do not hedge forecasted transactions beyond 18 months. The 
objective of these hedges is to reduce the variability of cash flows associated with the forecasted purchase of those commodities. For 
the derivative instruments we designate and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is 
reported as a component of OCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects 
earnings. Gains and losses representing hedge ineffectiveness are recognized in earnings in the current period. Ineffectiveness related to 
our cash flow hedges was not significant during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008. 

We had the following aggregated notionals of outstanding forward and option contracts accounted for as cash flow hedges: 

Commodity: 
Corn 
Soy meal 

Metric 

October 2, 2010 

October 3, 2009 

Bushels 
Tons 

16 million 
101,500 

4 million 
16,900 

The net amount of pretax gains in accumulated OCI as of October 2, 2010, expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 
months was $10 million. During fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, we did not reclassify significant pretax gains/losses into earnings as a result of 
the discontinuance of cash flow hedges due to the probability the original forecasted transaction would not occur by the end of the 
originally specified time period or within the additional period of time allowed by generally accepted accounting principles. 

The following table sets forth the pretax impact of cash flow hedge derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income 
(in millions): 

Gain/(Loss) 
Recognized in OCI 
on Derivatives 
2008 
2009 

2010 

Consolidated 
Statements of Income 
Classification 

Gain/(Loss) 
Reclassified from 
OCI to Earnings 
2008 

2009 

2010 

Cash Flow Hedge – Derivatives designated  
as hedging instruments: 
Commodity contracts 
Foreign exchange contracts 

Total 

$6 
1 
$7 

$(61) 
8 
$(53) 

$39 
(2) 
$37 

Cost of Sales 
Other Income/Expense 

$(6) 
1 
$(5) 

$(67) 
6 
$(61) 

$42 
0 
$42 

Fair value hedges 
We designate certain futures contracts as fair value hedges of firm commitments to purchase livestock for slaughter. Our objective of these 
hedges is to minimize the risk of changes in fair value created by fluctuations in commodity prices associated with fixed price livestock 
firm commitments. We had the following aggregated notionals of outstanding forward contracts entered into to hedge forecasted 
commodity purchases which are accounted for as a fair value hedge: 

Commodity: 
Live Cattle 
Lean Hogs 

Metric 

October 2, 2010 

October 3, 2009 

Pounds 
Pounds 

361 million 
508 million 

133 million 
171 million 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For these derivative instruments we designate and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting 
gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in earnings in the current period. We include the gain or loss 
on the hedged items (i.e., livestock purchase firm commitments) in the same line item, Cost of Sales, as the offsetting gain or loss on the 
related livestock forward position. 

Gain/(Loss) on forwards 
Gain/(Loss) on purchase contract 

Consolidated 
Statements of Income 
Classification 
Cost of Sales 
Cost of Sales 

in millions 

2010 
$(58) 
58 

2009 
$152 
(152) 

2008 
$65 
(65) 

Ineffectiveness related to our fair value hedges was not significant during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008. 

Foreign net investment hedges 
We utilize forward foreign exchange contracts to protect the value of our net investments in certain foreign subsidiaries. For derivative 
instruments that are designated and qualify as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign currency, the gain or loss is reported in OCI as part of 
the cumulative translation adjustment to the extent it is effective, with the related amounts due to or from counterparties included in other 
liabilities or other assets. We utilize the forward-rate method of assessing hedge effectiveness. Any ineffective portions of net investment 
hedges are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income during the period of change. Ineffectiveness related to our foreign net 
investment hedges was not significant during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008. At October 2, 2010 and October 3, 2009, we had 
approximately $49 million and $0 aggregate outstanding notionals related to our forward foreign currency contracts accounted for as 
foreign net investment hedges. 

The following table sets forth the pretax impact of these derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income (in 
millions): 

Net Investment Hedge – Derivatives  
designated as hedging instruments: 
Foreign exchange contracts 

Gain/(Loss) 
Recognized in OCI 
on Derivatives 
2008 
2009 

2010 

Consolidated 
Statements of Income 
Classification 

Gain/(Loss) 
Reclassified from 
OCI to Earnings 
2008 

2010  2009 

$(1) 

$(5) 

$0 

Other Income/Expense 

$0 

$(2) 

$0 

Undesignated positions 
In addition to our designated positions, we also hold forward and option contracts for which we do not apply hedge accounting. These 
include certain derivative instruments related to commodities price risk, including grains, livestock and energy, foreign currency risk 
and interest rate risk. We mark these positions to fair value through earnings at each reporting date. We generally do not enter into 
undesignated positions beyond 18 months.  

The objective of our undesignated grains, energy and livestock commodity positions is to reduce the variability of cash flows 
associated with the forecasted purchase of certain grains, energy and livestock inputs to our production processes. We also enter into 
certain forward sales of boxed beef and boxed pork and forward purchases of cattle and hogs at fixed prices. The fixed price sales 
contracts lock in the proceeds from a sale in the future and the fixed cattle and hog purchases lock in the cost. However, the cost of the 
livestock and the related boxed beef and boxed pork market prices at the time of the sale or purchase could vary from this fixed price. 
As we enter into fixed forward sales of boxed beef and boxed pork and forward purchases of cattle and hogs, we also enter into the 
appropriate number of livestock futures positions to mitigate a portion of this risk. Changes in market value of the open livestock 
futures positions are marked to market and reported in earnings at each reporting date, even though the economic impact of our fixed 
prices being above or below the market price is only realized at the time of sale or purchase. These positions generally do not qualify 
for hedge treatment due to location basis differences between the commodity exchanges and the actual locations when we purchase 
the commodities. 

We have a foreign currency cash flow hedging program to hedge portions of forecasted transactions denominated in foreign 
currencies, primarily with forward contracts, to protect against the reduction in value of forecasted foreign currency cash flows. Our 
undesignated foreign currency positions generally would qualify for cash flow hedge accounting. However, to reduce earnings 
volatility, we normally will not elect hedge accounting treatment when the position provides an offset to the underlying related 
transaction that currently impacts earnings. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The objective of our undesignated interest rate swap is to manage interest rate risk exposure on a floating-rate bond. Our interest rate 
swap agreement effectively modifies our exposure to interest rate risk by converting a portion of the floating-rate bond to a fixed rate 
basis for the first five years, thus reducing the impact of the interest-rate changes on future interest expense. This interest rate swap 
does not qualify for hedge treatment due to differences in the underlying bond and swap contract interest-rate indices. 

We had the following aggregate outstanding notionals related to our undesignated positions: 

Commodity: 

Corn 
Soy meal 
Live Cattle  
Lean Hogs 
Natural Gas 
Foreign Currency 
Interest Rate 

Metric 

October 2, 2010 

October 3, 2009 

Bushels 
Tons 
Pounds 
Pounds 
British thermal units 
United States dollars 
Average monthly notional debt 

38 million 
367,000 
73 million 
134 million 
450 billion 
$146 million 
$53 million 

11 million 
73,000 
82 million 
11 million 
850 billion 
$124 million 
$64 million 

Included in our undesignated positions are certain commodity grain positions (which do not qualify for hedge treatment) we enter into 
to manage the risk of costs associated with forward sales to certain customers for which sales prices are determined under cost-plus 
arrangements. These unrealized positions totaled gains of $2 million and losses of $17 million at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 
2009, respectively. When these positions are liquidated, we expect any realized gains or losses will be reflected in the prices of the 
poultry products sold. Since these derivative positions did not qualify for hedge treatment, they initially created volatility in our 
earnings associated with changes in fair value. However, once the positions were liquidated and included in the sales price to the 
customer, there was ultimately no earnings impact as any previous fair value gains or losses were included in the prices of the poultry 
products. 

The following table sets forth the pretax impact of the undesignated derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income 
(in millions): 

Derivatives not designated 
as hedging instruments: 
Commodity contracts 
Commodity contracts 
Foreign exchange contracts 
Interest rate contracts 

Total 

Consolidated 
Statements of Income 
Classification 

Gain/(Loss) 
Recognized 
in Earnings 
2008 

2009 

2010 

Sales 
Cost of Sales 
Other Income/Expense 
Interest Expense 

$27 
(20) 
(5) 
1 

$(34) 
(151) 
0 
(4) 
$3  $(189) 

$(12) 
259 
1 
0 
$248 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the fair value of all derivative instruments outstanding in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions): 

Derivative Assets: 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: 

Commodity contracts 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: 

Commodity contracts 
Foreign exchange contracts 
Total derivative assets – not designated 

Total derivative assets 

Derivative Liabilities: 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: 

Commodity contracts 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: 

Commodity contracts 
Foreign exchange contracts 
Interest rate contracts 
Total derivative liabilities – not designated 

Fair Value 

2010 

2009 

$20 

$12 

10 
1 
11 

$31 

$16 

34 
6 
3 
43 

9 
0 
9 

$21 

$2 

13 
1 
4 
18 

Total derivative liabilities 

$59 

$20 

Our derivative assets and liabilities are presented in our Consolidated Balance Sheets on a net basis. We net derivative assets and 
liabilities, including cash collateral when a legally enforceable master netting arrangement exists between the counterparty to a 
derivative contract and us. See Note 12: Fair Value Measurements for a reconciliation to amounts reported in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets in Other current assets and Other current liabilities. 

NOTE 7: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Major categories of property, plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009: 

Land 
Building and leasehold improvements 
Machinery and equipment 
Land improvements and other 
Buildings and equipment under construction 

Less accumulated depreciation 
Net property, plant and equipment 

2010 
$97 
2,617 
4,694 
232 
513 
8,153 
4,479 
$3,674 

in millions 
2009 
$96 
2,570 
4,640 
227 
297 
7,830 
4,254 
$3,576 

Approximately $388 million will be required to complete buildings and equipment under construction at October 2, 2010. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 8: GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The following table reflects goodwill activity for fiscal years 2010 and 2009: 

Balances at September 27, 2008: 
Goodwill 
Accumulated impairment losses 

Fiscal 2009 Activity: 

Acquisitions 
Disposal of goodwill related to discontinued operation 
Impairment losses 
Currency translation and other 

Balances at October 3, 2009: 
Goodwill 
Accumulated impairment losses 

Fiscal 2010 Activity: 
Impairment losses 
Currency translation and other 

Balances at October 2, 2010: 
Goodwill 
Accumulated impairment losses 

Chicken

Beef

Pork 

Foods Consolidated

in millions

Prepared 

$945
0
945

42
0
0
(14)

973
0
$973

(29)
6

979
(29)
$950

$1,185
0
1,185

0
(59)
(560)
(3)

1,123
(560)
$563

0
0

1,123
(560)
$563

$317 
0 
317 

0 
0 
0 
0 

317 
0 
$317 

0 
0 

317 
0 
$317 

$64
0
64

0
0
0
0

64
0
$64

0
(1)

63
0
$63

$2,511
0
2,511

42
(59)
(560)
(17)

2,477
(560)
$1,917

(29)
5

2,482
(589)
$1,893

Other intangible assets by type at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009: 

Gross Carrying Value: 

Trademarks 
Patents, intellectual property and other 
Land use rights 

Less Accumulated Amortization 
Total Intangible Assets 

2010 

$56 
144 
23 
57 
$166 

in millions 
2009 

$57 
145 
23 
38 
$187 

Amortization expense of $19 million, $10 million and $3 million was recognized during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. We 
estimate amortization expense on intangible assets for the next five fiscal years subsequent to October 2, 2010 will be: 2011 - $17 
million; 2012 - $16 million; 2013 - $16 million; 2014 - $15 million; 2015 - $15 million. Beginning with the date benefits are realized, 
other intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated period of benefit of 10-30 years. 

NOTE 9: OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Other current liabilities at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, include: 

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits 
Self-insurance reserves 
Other 
Total other current liabilities 

2010 
$444 
256 
334 
$1,034 

in millions 
2009 
$187 
230 
344 
$761 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 10: COMMITMENTS 

We lease equipment, properties and certain farms for which total rentals approximated $188 million, $175 million and $163 million, 
respectively, in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008. Most leases have initial terms up to seven years, some with varying renewal periods. The 
most significant obligations assumed under the terms of the leases are the upkeep of the facilities and payments of insurance and 
property taxes. 

Minimum lease commitments under non-cancelable leases at October 2, 2010, were: 

2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 and beyond 
Total 

in millions 
$91 
71 
51 
32 
17 
55 
$317 

We guarantee obligations of certain outside third parties, which consists of a lease and grower loans, all of which are substantially 
collateralized by the underlying assets. Terms of the underlying debt cover periods up to eight years, and the maximum potential 
amount of future payments as of October 2, 2010, was $69 million. We also maintain operating leases for various types of equipment, 
some of which contain residual value guarantees for the market value of the underlying leased assets at the end of the term of the 
lease. The remaining terms of the lease maturities cover periods over the next seven years. The maximum potential amount of the 
residual value guarantees is $45 million, of which $21 million would be recoverable through various recourse provisions and an 
additional undeterminable recoverable amount based on the fair value of the underlying leased assets. The likelihood of material 
payments under these guarantees is not considered probable. At October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, no material liabilities for 
guarantees were recorded. 

We have cash flow assistance programs in which certain livestock suppliers participate. Under these programs, we pay an amount for 
livestock equivalent to a standard cost to grow such livestock during periods of low market sales prices. The amounts of such 
payments that are in excess of the market sales price are recorded as receivables and accrue interest. Participating suppliers are 
obligated to repay these receivables balances when market sales prices exceed this standard cost, or upon termination of the 
agreement. Our maximum obligation associated with these programs is limited to the fair value of each participating livestock 
supplier’s net tangible assets. The potential maximum obligation as of October 2, 2010, was approximately $215 million. The total 
receivables under these programs were $51 million and $72 million at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, respectively, and are 
included, net of allowance for uncollectible amounts, in Other Assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Even though these 
programs are limited to the net tangible assets of the participating livestock suppliers, we also manage a portion of our credit risk 
associated with these programs by obtaining security interests in livestock suppliers' assets. After analyzing residual credit risks and 
general market conditions, we have recorded an allowance for these programs' estimated uncollectible receivables of $15 million and 
$20 million at October 2, 2010 and October 3, 2009, respectively. 

The minority partner in our Shandong Tyson Xinchang Foods joint ventures in China has the right to exercise put options to require us 
to purchase its entire 40% equity interest at a price equal to the minority partner’s contributed capital plus (minus) its pro-rata share of 
the joint venture's accumulated and undistributed net earnings (losses). The put options are exercisable for a five-year term 
commencing April 2011. At October 2, 2010, the put options, if they had been exercisable, would have resulted in a purchase price of 
approximately $67 million for the minority partner’s entire equity interest. We do not believe the exercise of the put options would 
materially impact our results of operations or financial condition. 

Additionally, we enter into future purchase commitments for various items, such as grains, livestock contracts and fixed grower fees. 
At October 2, 2010, these commitments totaled:  

2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 and beyond 
Total 

in millions 
$829 
38 
17 
12 
12 
36 
$944 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 11: DEBT 

The major components of debt are as follows (in millions): 

Revolving credit facility – expires March 2012 
Senior notes: 

7.95% Notes due February 2010 (2010 Notes) 
8.25% Notes due October 2011 (2011 Notes) 
3.25% Convertible senior notes due October 2013 (2013 Notes) 
10.50% Senior notes due March 2014 (2014 Notes) 
7.35% Senior notes due April 2016 (2016 Notes) 
7.00% Notes due May 2018 
7.125% Senior notes due February 2026 
7.00% Notes due January 2028 
Discount on senior notes 

GO Zone tax-exempt bonds due October 2033 (0.23% at 10/02/10) 
Other 
Total debt 
Less current debt 
Total long-term debt 

2010 

$0 

0 
315 
458 
810 
701 
122 
0 
18 
(105) 
100 
117 
2,536 
401 
$2,135 

2009 

$0 

140 
839 
458 
810 
923 
174 
9 
27 
(132) 
100 
129 
3,477 
219 
$3,258 

Annual maturities of debt for the five fiscal years subsequent to October 2, 2010, are: 2011 - $401 million; 2012 - $10 million; 2013 - 
$5 million; 2014 - $1,274 million; 2015 - $3 million. 

Revolving Credit Facility 
We have a $1.0 billion revolving credit facility that supports short-term funding needs and letters of credit. Loans made under this 
facility will mature and the commitments thereunder will terminate in March 2012. However, if our 2011 Notes are not refinanced, 
purchased or defeased prior to July 3, 2011, the outstanding loans under this facility will mature on and commitments thereunder will 
terminate on July 3, 2011. We incurred approximately $30 million in transaction fees which will be amortized over the three-year life 
of this facility. 

Availability under this facility, up to $1.0 billion, is based on a percentage of certain eligible receivables and eligible inventory and is 
reduced by certain reserves. After reducing the amount eligible by outstanding letters of credit issued under this facility, the amount 
available for borrowing under this facility at October 2, 2010, was $825 million. At October 2, 2010, we had outstanding letters of 
credit issued under this facility totaling approximately $175 million, none of which were drawn upon. Our letters of credit are issued 
primarily in support of workers’ compensation insurance programs, derivative activities and Dynamic Fuels’ Gulf Opportunity Zone 
tax-exempt bonds. We had an additional $66 million of bilateral letters of credit not issued under this facility, none of which were 
drawn upon. 

This facility is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries. The 
guarantors’ cash, accounts receivable, inventory and proceeds received related to these items secure our obligations under this facility. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 Notes 
In September 2008, we issued $458 million principal amount 3.25% convertible senior unsecured notes due October 15, 2013, with 
interest payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15. The conversion rate initially is 59.1935 shares of Class A stock 
per $1,000 principal amount of notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $16.89 per share of Class A stock. The 2013 
Notes may be converted before the close of business on July 12, 2013, only under the following circumstances: 

●  during any fiscal quarter after December 27, 2008, if the last reported sale price of our Class A stock for at least 20 trading 
days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter is at least 
130% of the applicable conversion price on each applicable trading day (which would currently require our shares to trade 
at or above $21.96); or 

●  during the five business days after any 10 consecutive trading days (measurement period) in which the trading price per 

$1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the 
last reported sale price of our Class A stock and the applicable conversion rate on each such day; or 

●  upon the occurrence of specified corporate events as defined in the supplemental indenture. 

On and after July 15, 2013, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, 
holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, we will deliver cash up to 
the aggregate principal amount of the 2013 Notes to be converted and shares of our Class A stock in respect of the remainder, if any, 
of our conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the 2013 Notes being converted. As of October 2, 2010, 
none of the conditions permitting conversion of the 2013 Notes had been satisfied. 

The 2013 Notes were originally accounted for as a combined instrument because the conversion feature did not meet the requirements 
to be accounted for separately as a derivative financial instrument. However, we adopted new accounting guidance in the first quarter 
of fiscal 2010 and applied it retrospectively to all periods presented. This new accounting guidance required us to separately account 
for the liability and equity conversion features. Upon retrospective adoption, our effective interest rate on the 2013 Notes was 
determined to be 8.26%, which resulted in the recognition of a $92 million discount to these notes with the offsetting after tax amount 
of $56 million recorded to capital in excess of par value. This discount will be accreted over the five-year term of the convertible notes 
at the effective interest rate. 

In connection with the issuance of the 2013 Notes, we entered into separate convertible note hedge transactions with respect to our 
Class A stock to minimize the potential economic dilution upon conversion of the 2013 Notes. We also entered into separate warrant 
transactions. We recorded the purchase of the note hedge transactions as a reduction to capital in excess of par value, net of $36 
million pertaining to the related deferred tax asset, and we recorded the proceeds of the warrant transactions as an increase to capital in 
excess of par value. Subsequent changes in fair value of these instruments are not recognized in the financial statements as long as the 
instruments continue to meet the criteria for equity classification. 

We purchased call options in private transactions for $94 million that permit us to acquire up to approximately 27 million shares of 
our Class A stock at an initial strike price of $16.89 per share, subject to adjustment. The call options allow us to acquire a number of 
shares of our Class A stock initially equal to the number of shares of Class A stock issuable to the holders of the 2013 Notes upon 
conversion. These call options will terminate upon the maturity of the 2013 Notes. 

We sold warrants in private transactions for total proceeds of $44 million. The warrants permit the purchasers to acquire up to 
approximately 27 million shares of our Class A stock at an initial exercise price of $22.31 per share, subject to adjustment. The 
warrants are exercisable on various dates from January 2014 through March 2014. 

The maximum amount of shares that may be issued to satisfy the conversion of the 2013 Notes is limited to 35.9 million shares. 
However, the convertible note hedge and warrant transactions, in effect, increase the initial conversion price of the 2013 Notes from 
$16.89 per share to $22.31 per share, thus reducing the potential future economic dilution associated with conversion of the 2013 
Notes. If our share price is below $22.31 upon conversion of the 2013 Notes, there is no economic net share impact. Upon conversion, 
a 10% increase in our share price above the $22.31 conversion price would result in the issuance of 2.5 million incremental shares. 
The 2013 Notes and the warrants could have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share to the extent the price of our Class A stock 
during a given measurement period exceeds the respective exercise prices of those instruments. The call options are excluded from the 
calculation of diluted earnings per share as their impact is anti-dilutive. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014 Notes 
In March 2009, we issued $810 million of senior unsecured notes, which will mature in March 2014. The 2014 Notes carry a 10.50% 
interest rate, with interest payments due semi-annually on March 1 and September 1. After the original issue discount of $59 million, 
based on an issue price of 92.756% of face value, we received net proceeds of $751 million. In addition, we incurred offering 
expenses of $18 million. We used the net proceeds towards the repayment of our borrowings under our former accounts receivable 
securitization facility and for other general corporate purposes. We also placed $234 million of the net proceeds in a blocked cash 
collateral account which was used for the payment and repurchase of the 2010 Notes. The 2014 Notes are fully and unconditionally 
guaranteed by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries. 

2016 Notes 
The 2016 Notes carried an interest rate at issuance of 6.60%, with an interest step up feature dependent on their credit rating. On 
November 13, 2008, Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (Moody’s) downgraded the credit rating from “Ba1” to “Ba3.” This downgrade 
increased the interest rate from 7.35% to 7.85%, effective beginning with the six-month interest payment due April 1, 2009.  

On August 19, 2010, Standard & Poor’s upgraded the credit rating from “BB” to “BB+.” On September 2, 2010, Moody’s upgraded 
the credit rating from “Ba3” to “Ba2.” These upgrades decreased the interest rate on the 2016 Notes from 7.85% to 7.35%, effective 
beginning with the six-month interest payment due October 1, 2010. 

GO Zone Tax-Exempt Bonds 
In October 2008, Dynamic Fuels received $100 million in proceeds from the sale of Gulf Opportunity Zone tax-exempt bonds made 
available by the federal government to the regions affected by Hurricanes Katrina and Rita in 2005. These floating rate bonds are due 
October 1, 2033. In November 2008, we entered into an interest rate swap related to these bonds to mitigate our interest rate risk on a 
portion of the bonds for five years. We also issued a letter of credit as a guarantee for the entire bond issuance. The proceeds from the 
bond issuance could only be used towards the construction of the Dynamic Fuels’ facility. Accordingly, the unused proceeds were 
recorded as non-current Restricted Cash in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and were utilized prior to the end of fiscal 2010.  

Debt Covenants 
Our revolving credit facility contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: 
create liens and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or 
transfer assets; pay dividends or make other payments in respect of our capital stock; amend material documents; change the nature of 
our business; make certain payments of debt; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into sale/leaseback or hedging 
transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. If availability under this facility is less than the greater of 
15% of the commitments and $150 million, we will be required to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. 

Our 2014 Notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: incur 
additional debt and issue preferred stock; make certain investments and restricted payments; create liens; create restrictions on 
distributions from subsidiaries; engage in specified sales of assets and subsidiary stock; enter into transactions with affiliates; enter 
new lines of business; engage in consolidation, mergers and acquisitions; and engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions. 

We were in compliance with all covenants at October 2, 2010. 

Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements 
Tyson Fresh Meats, Inc. (TFM Parent), our wholly-owned subsidiary, has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the 2016 Notes. TFM 
Parent and substantially all of our wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the 2014 Notes. The 
following financial information presents condensed consolidating financial statements, which include Tyson Foods, Inc. (TFI Parent); 
TFM Parent; the other 2014 Notes' guarantor subsidiaries (Guarantors) on a combined basis; the elimination entries necessary to 
reflect TFM Parent and the Guarantors, which collectively represent the 2014 Notes' total guarantor subsidiaries (2014 Guarantors), on 
a combined basis; the 2014 Notes' non-guarantor subsidiaries (Non-Guarantors) on a combined basis; the elimination entries necessary 
to consolidate TFI Parent, the 2014 Guarantors and the Non-Guarantors; and Tyson Foods, Inc. on a consolidated basis, and is 
provided as an alternative to providing separate financial statements for the guarantor(s).  

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income for the year ended October 2, 2010 

in millions 

Net Sales 
Cost of Sales 
Gross Profit 
Operating Expenses: 

Selling, general and administrative 
Goodwill impairment 
Other charges 

Operating Income (Loss) 

Other (Income) Expense: 
Interest expense, net 
Other, net 
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries 

Total Other (Income) Expense 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before 

Income Taxes 

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations 
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operation, net of 

tax 

Net Income (Loss) 
Less:  Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling 
Interest 
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson 

2014 Guarantors 

TFM 
Parent 
$15,950 
14,867 
1,083 

Guar-
antors 
$12,248 
11,343 
905 

Elimin-
ations 
$(966) 
(966) 
0 

199 
0 
0 
884 

2 
1 
(51) 
(48) 

932 
304 
628 

0 
628 

550 
0 
0 
355 

17 
(7) 
25 
35 

320 
116 
204 

0 
204 

0 
$628 

0 
$204 

0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
37 
37 

(37) 
0 
(37) 

0 
(37) 

0 
$(37) 

TFI 
Parent 
$454 
16 
438 

93 
0 
0 
345 

328 
25 
(782) 
(429) 

774 
(6) 
780 

0 
780 

0 
$780 

Subtotal 
$27,232 
25,244 
1,988 

749 
0 
0 
1,239 

19 
(6) 
11 
24 

1,215 
420 
795 

0 
795 

0 
$795 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income for the year ended October 3, 2009 

Net Sales 
Cost of Sales 
Gross Profit (Loss) 
Operating Expenses: 

Selling, general and administrative 
Goodwill impairment 
Other charges 

Operating Income (Loss) 

Other (Income) Expense: 
Interest expense, net 
Other, net 
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries 

Total Other (Income) Expense 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before 

Income Taxes 

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations 
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operation, net of 

tax 

Net Income (Loss) 
Less:  Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling 
Interest 
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson 

2014 Guarantors 

TFM 
Parent 
$14,504 
13,970 
534 

Guar-
antors 
$12,245 
11,526 
719 

Elimin-
ations 
$(725) 
(725) 
0 

Subtotal 
$26,024 
24,771 
1,253 

187 
560 
0 
(213) 

13 
(3) 
(32) 
(22) 

(191) 
111 
(302) 

5 
(297) 

450 
0 
17 
252 

20 
(6) 
44 
58 

194 
34 
160 

0 
160 

0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
13 
13 

(13) 
0 
(13) 

0 
(13) 

637 
560 
17 
39 

33 
(9) 
25 
49 

(10) 
145 
(155) 

5 
(150) 

TFI 
Parent 
$11 
132 
(121) 

132 
0 
0 
(253) 

285 
11 
157 
453 

(706) 
(138) 
(568) 

21 
(547) 

0 
$(547) 

0 
$(297) 

0 
$160 

0 
$(13) 

0 
$(150) 

Non-
Guar-
antors 
$1,167 
1,079 
88 

Elimin-
ations 
$(423) 
(423) 
0 

87 
29 
0 
(28) 

(14) 
1 
(14) 
(27) 

(1) 
24 
(25) 

0 
(25) 

0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
785 
785 

(785) 
0 
(785) 

0 
(785) 

(15) 
$(10) 

0 
$(785) 

Total 
$28,430 
25,916 
2,514 

929 
29 
0 
1,556 

333 
20 
0 
353 

1,203 
438 
765 

0 
765 

(15) 
$780 

in millions 

Elimin-
ations 
$(40) 
(40) 
0 

Total 
$26,704 
25,501 
1,203 

0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
(165) 
(165) 

165 
0 
165 

0 
165 

841 
560 
17 
(215) 

310 
18 
0 
328 

(543) 
7 
(550) 

(1) 
(551) 

0 
$165 

(4) 
$(547) 

Non-
Guar-
antors 
$709 
638 
71 

72 
0 
0 
(1) 

(8) 
16 
(17) 
(9) 

8 
0 
8 

(27) 
(19) 

(4) 
$(15) 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income for the year ended September 27, 2008 

in millions 

Net Sales 
Cost of Sales 
Gross Profit (Loss) 
Operating Expenses: 

Selling, general and administrative 
Other charges 

Operating Income (Loss) 

Other (Income) Expense: 
Interest expense, net 
Other, net 
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries 

Total Other (Income) Expense 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before 

Income Taxes 

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations 
Income from Discontinued Operation, net of tax 
Net Income (Loss) 
Less:  Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling 
Interest 
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson 

2014 Guarantors 

TFM 
Parent 
$15,638 
15,105 
533 

Guar-
antors 
$11,463 
10,796 
667 

Elimin-
ations 
$(811) 
(811) 
0 

Subtotal 
$26,290 
25,090 
1,200 

208 
18 
307 

17 
(5) 
(27) 
(15) 

322 
116 
206 
0 
206 

0 
$206 

533 
17 
117 

16 
(11) 
5 
10 

107 
37 
70 
0 
70 

0 
$70 

0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
18 
18 

(18) 
0 
(18) 
0 
(18) 

0 
$(18) 

741 
35 
424 

33 
(16) 
(4) 
13 

411 
153 
258 
0 
258 

0 
$258 

TFI 
Parent 
$19 
74 
(55) 

83 
1 
(139) 

181 
(13) 
(285) 
(117) 

(22) 
(108) 
86 
0 
86 

0 
$86 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet as of October 2, 2010 

2014 Guarantors 

TFI 
Parent 

TFM 
Parent 

Guar-
antors 

Elimin-
ations 

Subtotal 

Assets 
Current Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories, net 
Other current assets 

Total Current Assets 
Restricted Cash 
Net Property, Plant and Equipment 
Goodwill 
Intangible Assets 
Other Assets 
Investment in Subsidiaries 
Total Assets 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 
Current Liabilities: 
Current debt 
Accounts payable 
Other current liabilities 

Total Current Liabilities 
Long-Term Debt 
Deferred Income Taxes 
Other Liabilities 
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest 

Total Tyson Shareholders’ Equity 
Noncontrolling Interest 
Total Shareholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 

$2 
0 
0 
0 
43 
45 
0 
39 
0 
0 
2,804 
10,776 
$13,664 

$317 
16 
6,044 
6,377 
2,011 
0 
110 
0 

5,166 
0 
5,166 
$13,664 

$2 
0 
2,389 
734 
49 
3,174 
0 
870 
880 
37 
101 
1,785 
$6,847 

$0 
421 
168 
589 
1,638 
105 
148 
0 

4,367 
0 
4,367 
$6,847 

$731 
0 
4,670 
1,361 
27 
6,789 
0 
2,257 
967 
53 
61 
631 
$10,758 

$0 
608 
335 
943 
1,228 
204 
179 
0 

$0 
0 
0 
0 
(9) 
(9) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(1,607) 
$(1,616) 

$0 
0 
(9) 
(9) 
0 
0 
0 
0 

$733 
0 
7,059 
2,095 
67 
9,954 
0 
3,127 
1,847 
90 
162 
809 
$15,989 

$0 
1,029 
494 
1,523 
2,866 
309 
327 
0 

Non-
Guar-
antors 
$580 
479 
101 

55 
0 
46 

(8) 
0 
(9) 
(17) 

63 
23 
40 
0 
40 

0 
$40 

Non-
Guar-
antors 

$243 
0 
132 
179 
95 
649 
0 
508 
46 
76 
295 
307 
$1,881 

$84 
65 
526 
675 
118 
12 
49 
64 

Elimin-
ations 
$(27) 
(27) 
0 

Total 
$26,862 
25,616 
1,246 

0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
298 
298 

(298) 
0 
(298) 
0 
(298) 

0 
$(298) 

879 
36 
331 

206 
(29) 
0 
177 

154 
68 
86 
0 
86 

0 
$86 

in millions 

Elimin-
ations 

Total 

$0 
0 
(5,993) 
0 
(37) 
(6,030) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(2,860) 
(11,892) 
$(20,782) 

$0 
0 
(6,030) 
(6,030) 
(2,860) 
0 
0 
0 

$978 
0 
1,198 
2,274 
168 
4,618 
0 
3,674 
1,893 
166 
401 
0 
$10,752 

$401 
1,110 
1,034 
2,545 
2,135 
321 
486 
64 

8,204 
0 
8,204 
$10,758 

(1,607) 
0 
(1,607) 
$(1,616) 

10,964 
0 
10,964 
$15,989 

928 
35 
963 
$1,881 

(11,892) 
0 
(11,892) 
$(20,782) 

5,166 
35 
5,201 
$10,752 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet as of October 3, 2009 

2014 Guarantors 

TFI 
Parent 

TFM 
Parent 

Guar-
antors 

Elimin-
ations 

Subtotal 

Assets 
Current Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories, net 
Other current assets 

Total Current Assets 
Restricted Cash 
Net Property, Plant and Equipment 
Goodwill 
Intangible Assets 
Other Assets 
Investment in Subsidiaries 
Total Assets 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 
Current Liabilities: 
Current debt 
Accounts payable 
Other current liabilities 

Total Current Liabilities 
Long-Term Debt 
Deferred Income Taxes 
Other Liabilities 
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest 

Total Tyson Shareholders’ Equity 
Noncontrolling Interest 
Total Shareholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 

$0 
0 
2 
1 
198 
201 
0 
40 
0 
0 
211 
10,038 
$10,490 

$3 
15 
2,790 
2,808 
3,112 
29 
143 
0 

4,398 
0 
4,398 
$10,490 

$0 
0 
418 
586 
89 
1,093 
0 
883 
881 
42 
120 
1,763 
$4,782 

$140 
375 
251 
766 
15 
108 
161 
0 

3,732 
0 
3,732 
$4,782 

$788 
140 
3,309 
1,239 
29 
5,505 
0 
2,256 
977 
59 
37 
674 
$9,508 

$0 
550 
296 
846 
180 
182 
202 
0 

$0 
0 
(7) 
0 
(17) 
(24) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(1,597) 
$(1,621) 

$0 
0 
(24) 
(24) 
0 
0 
0 
0 

$788 
140 
3,720 
1,825 
101 
6,574 
0 
3,139 
1,858 
101 
157 
840 
$12,669 

$140 
925 
523 
1,588 
195 
290 
363 
0 

in millions 

Elimin-
ations 

Total 

$0 
0 
(2,738) 
0 
(213) 
(2,951) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(217) 
(11,174) 
$(14,342) 

$0 
0 
(2,951) 
(2,951) 
(180) 
(37) 
0 
0 

$1,004 
140 
1,100 
2,009 
122 
4,375 
43 
3,576 
1,917 
187 
497 
0 
$10,595 

$219 
1,013 
761 
1,993 
3,258 
309 
539 
65 

Non-
Guar-
antors 

$216 
0 
116 
183 
36 
551 
43 
397 
59 
86 
346 
296 
$1,778 

$76 
73 
399 
548 
131 
27 
33 
65 

8,098 
0 
8,098 
$9,508 

(1,597) 
0 
(1,597) 
$(1,621) 

10,233 
0 
10,233 
$12,669 

941 
33 
974 
$1,778 

(11,174) 
0 
(11,174) 
$(14,342) 

4,398 
33 
4,431 
$10,595 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended October 2, 2010 

in millions 

Cash Provided by Operating Activities 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities: 

Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Change in restricted cash-investing 
Purchases of marketable securities, net 
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operation 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Other, net 

Cash Used for Investing Activities 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities: 

Net change in debt 
Debt issuance costs 
Change in restricted cash-financing 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Dividends 
Other, net 
Net change in intercompany balances 

Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities 
Effect of Exchange Rate Change on Cash 
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year 

2014 Guarantors 

TFI 
Parent 
$386 

TFM 
Parent 
$499 

Guar-
antors 
$462 

Elimin-
ations 
$0 

Subtotal 
$961 

(3) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(1) 
(4) 

(874) 
0 
0 
(48) 
(59) 
32 
569 
(380) 
0 
2 
0 
$2 

(85) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(1) 
(86) 

(149) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(262) 
(411) 
0 
2 
0 
$2 

(323) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
15 
(308) 

0 
0 
140 
0 
0 
0 
(351) 
(211) 
0 
(57) 
788 
$731 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
$0 

(408) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
14 
(394) 

(149) 
0 
140 
0 
0 
0 
(613) 
(622) 
0 
(55) 
788 
$733 

Non-
Guar-
antors 
$85 

(139) 
43 
(4) 
0 
0 
(2) 
(102) 

(11) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
10 
44 
43 
1 
27 
216 
$243 

Elimin-
ations 
$0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
$0 

Total 
$1,432 

(550) 
43 
(4) 
0 
0 
11 
(500) 

(1,034) 
0 
140 
(48) 
(59) 
42 
0 
(959) 
1 
(26) 
1,004 
$978 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended October 3, 2009 

in millions 

Cash Provided by (Used for) Operating Activities 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities: 

Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Change in restricted cash-investing 
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities, net 
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operation 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Other, net 

Cash Used for Investing Activities 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities: 

Net change in debt 
Debt issuance costs 
Change in restricted cash-financing 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Dividends 
Other, net 
Net change in intercompany balances 

Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities 
Effect of Exchange Rate Change on Cash 
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year 

2014 Guarantors 

TFI 
Parent 
$(617) 

TFM 
Parent 
$507 

Guar-
antors 
$982 

Elimin-
ations 
$0 

Subtotal 
$1,489 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(37) 
(37) 

545 
(58) 
0 
(19) 
(60) 
0 
106 
514 
0 
(140) 
140 
$0 

(56) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
1 
(55) 

(94) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(358) 
(452) 
0 
0 
0 
$0 

(211) 
0 
0 
0 
(13) 
12 
(212) 

0 
0 
(140) 
0 
0 
0 
123 
(17) 
0 
753 
35 
$788 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
$0 

(267) 
0 
0 
0 
(13) 
13 
(267) 

(94) 
0 
(140) 
0 
0 
0 
(235) 
(469) 
0 
753 
35 
$788 

Non-
Guar-
antors 
$113 

(101) 
(43) 
19 
75 
(80) 
7 
(123) 

36 
(1) 
0 
0 
(25) 
6 
129 
145 
6 
141 
75 
$216 

Elimin-
ations 
$(25) 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
25 
0 
0 
25 
0 
0 
0 
$0 

Total 
$960 

(368) 
(43) 
19 
75 
(93) 
(17) 
(427) 

487 
(59) 
(140) 
(19) 
(60) 
6 
0 
215 
6 
754 
250 
$1,004 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended September 27, 2008 

in millions 

2014 Guarantors 

Cash Provided by (Used for) Operating Activities 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities: 

Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Purchases of marketable securities, net 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Other, net 

Cash Provided by (Used for) Investing Activities 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities: 

Net change in debt 
Net proceeds from Class A stock offering 
Convertible note hedge transactions 
Warrant transactions 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Dividends 
Other, net 
Net change in intercompany balances 

Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities 
Effect of Exchange Rate Change on Cash 
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year 

TFI 
Parent 
$(164) 

TFM 
Parent 
$278 

(2) 
(1) 
0 
27 
24 

145 
274 
(94) 
44 
(30) 
(56) 
13 
(19) 
277 
0 
137 
3 
$140 

(104) 
0 
0 
11 
(93) 

(5) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(180) 
(185) 
0 
0 
0 
$0 

Guar-
antors 
$256 

(302) 
0 
0 
16 
(286) 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
62 
62 
0 
32 
3 
$35 

Elimin-
ations 
$0 

Subtotal 
$534 

Non-
Guar-
antors 
$0 

Elimin-
ations 
$(15) 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
$0 

(406) 
0 
0 
27 
(379) 

(5) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(118) 
(123) 
0 
32 
3 
$35 

(17) 
(2) 
(17) 
(8) 
(44) 

(51) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(15) 
14 
137 
85 
(2) 
39 
36 
$75 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
15 
0 
0 
15 
0 
0 
0 
$0 

Total 
$355 

(425) 
(3) 
(17) 
46 
(399) 

89 
274 
(94) 
44 
(30) 
(56) 
27 
0 
254 
(2) 
208 
42 
$250 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 12: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

We adopted fair value measurement accounting guidance at the beginning of fiscal 2009. This guidance defines fair value, establishes 
a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. This guidance also defines 
fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most 
advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair 
value hierarchy prescribed by this standard contains three levels as follows: 

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices available in active markets for the identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date. 

Level 2 — Other observable inputs available at the measurement date, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, either directly or 
indirectly, including: 

●  Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; 
●  Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in non-active markets; 
● 
● 

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and 
Inputs derived principally from or corroborated by other observable market data. 

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data and reflect the use of significant management 
judgment. These values are generally determined using pricing models for which the assumptions utilize management’s estimates of 
market participant assumptions. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 
The fair value hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. In instances where the inputs used to measure fair 
value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest level 
input significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Our assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value 
measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability. The following 
tables set forth by level within the fair value hierarchy our financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring 
basis according to the valuation techniques we used to determine their fair values (in millions): 

October 2, 2010 
Assets: 
Commodity Derivatives 
Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts 
Available for Sale Securities: 

Debt securities 
Equity securities 

Deferred Compensation Assets 
Total Assets 

Liabilities: 
Commodity Derivatives 
Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts 
Interest Rate Swap 
Total Liabilities 

October 3, 2009 
Assets: 
Commodity Derivatives 
Available for Sale Securities: 

Debt securities 
Equity securities 

Deferred Compensation Assets 
Total Assets 

Liabilities: 
Commodity Derivatives 
Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts 
Interest Rate Swap 
Total Liabilities 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Netting (a) 

Total 

$0 
0 

0 
15 
0 
$15 

$0 
0 
0 
$0 

$30 
1 

42 
3 
86 
$162 

$50 
6 
3 
$59 

$0 
0 

73 
0 
0 
$73 

$0 
0 
0 
$0 

$(18) 
(1) 

0 
0 
0 
$(19) 

$(50) 
(1) 
(1) 
$(52) 

$12 
0 

115 
18 
86 
$231 

$0 
5 
2 
$7 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Netting (a) 

Total 

$21 

33 
0 
84 
$138 

$15 
1 
4 
$20 

$0 

0 
20 
2 
$22 

$0 
0 
0 
$0 

63 

$0 

72 
0 
0 
$72 

$0 
0 
0 
$0 

$(17) 

0 
0 
0 
$(17) 

$(11) 
0 
(2) 
$(13) 

$4 

105 
20 
86 
$215 

$4 
1 
2 
$7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a) Our derivative assets and liabilities are presented in our Consolidated Balance Sheets on a net basis. We net derivative assets and 
liabilities, including cash collateral, when a legally enforceable master netting arrangement exists between the counterparty to a 
derivative contract and us. At October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, we had posted $35 million and $4 million of cash collateral and 
held $3 million and $0 cash collateral with various counterparties, respectively. 

The following table provides a reconciliation between the beginning and ending balance of debt securities measured at fair value on a 
recurring basis in the table above that used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in millions): 

Balance at beginning of year 
Total realized and unrealized gains (losses): 

Included in earnings 
Included in other comprehensive income (loss) 

Purchases, issuances and settlements, net 
Balance at end of year 
Total gains (losses) for the periods included in earnings 

attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to 
assets and liabilities still held at end of year 

October 2, 2010 
$72 

October 3, 2009 
$54 

1 
1 
(1) 
$73 

$0 

(4) 
4 
18 
$72 

$(4) 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument: 

Derivative Assets and Liabilities: Our derivatives, including commodities, foreign exchange forward contracts and an interest rate 
swap, primarily include exchange-traded and over-the-counter contracts which are further described in Note 6: Derivative Financial 
Instruments. We record our commodity derivatives at fair value using quoted market prices adjusted for credit and non-performance 
risk and internal models that use as their basis readily observable market inputs including current and forward commodity market 
prices. Our foreign exchange forward contracts are recorded at fair value based on quoted prices and spot and forward currency prices 
adjusted for credit and non-performance risk. Our interest rate swap is recorded at fair value based on quoted LIBOR swap rates 
adjusted for credit and non-performance risk. We classify these instruments in Level 2 when quoted market prices can be corroborated 
utilizing observable current and forward commodity market prices on active exchanges, observable market transactions of spot 
currency rates and forward currency prices or observable benchmark market rates at commonly quoted intervals. 

Available for Sale Securities: Our investments in marketable debt securities are classified as available-for-sale and are included in 
Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These investments, which are generally long-term in nature with maturities ranging 
up to 46 years, are reported at fair value based on pricing models and quoted market prices adjusted for credit and non-performance 
risk. We classify our investments in U.S. government and agency debt securities as Level 2 as fair value is generally estimated using 
discounted cash flow models that are primarily industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including time value and 
yield curve as well as other readily available relevant economic measures. We classify certain corporate, asset-backed and other debt 
securities as Level 3 as there is limited activity or less observable inputs into proprietary valuation models, including estimated 
prepayment, default and recovery rates on the underlying portfolio or structured investment vehicle. 

In October 2008, we received eight million warrants to purchase an equivalent amount of Syntroleum Corporation common stock for 
one cent each in return for our entering into a letter of credit to guarantee all of the Dynamic Fuels’ Gulf Opportunity Zone tax-exempt 
bonds (see Note 11: Debt), including Syntroleum Corporation’s 50 percent ownership portion. In April 2009, we exercised these 
warrants for eight million shares of Syntroleum Corporation. We record the shares in Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets 
at fair value based on quoted market prices. We classify the shares as Level 1 as the fair value is based on unadjusted quoted prices 
available in active markets. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We also received 4.25 million warrants to purchases an equivalent amount of Syntroleum Corporation common stock at an average 
price of $2.87. These warrants are classified as available for sale and expire in early fiscal 2013. We recorded the warrants in Other 
Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value based on quoted market prices. We classify the warrants as Level 2 as fair 
value can be corroborated based on observable market data. Unrealized gains (losses), net of tax, are recorded in OCI. Realized gains 
or losses on the sale of the securities and declines in value judged to be other than temporary would be recorded in earnings. 

(in millions) 

October 2, 2010 

October 3, 2009 

Amortized 
Cost Basis 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Gain 

  Amortized 
Cost Basis 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Gain 

Available for Sale Securities: 
Debt Securities: 

U.S. Treasury and Agency 
Corporate and Asset-Backed (a) 
Redeemable Preferred Stock 

Equity Securities: 
Common Stock 
Stock Warrants 

$41 
43 
27 

9 
0 

$42 
46 
27 

15 
3 

$1 
3 
0 

6 
3 

$33 
46 
24 

9 
0 

$33 
48 
24 

20 
0 

$0 
2 
0 

11 
0 

(a)  At October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, the amortized cost basis for Corporate and Asset-Backed debt securities had been 

reduced by accumulated other than temporary impairments of $3 million and $4 million, respectively. 

Unrealized holding gains (losses), net of tax, are excluded from earnings and reported in OCI until the security is settled or sold. On a 
quarterly basis, we evaluate whether losses related to our available-for-sale securities are temporary in nature. Losses on equity 
securities are recognized in earnings if the decline in value is judged to be other than temporary. If losses related to our debt securities 
are determined to be other than temporary, the loss would be recognized in earnings if we intend, or more likely than not will be 
required, to sell the security prior to recovery. For debt securities in which we have the intent and ability to hold until maturity, losses 
determined to be other than temporary would remain in OCI, other than expected credit losses which are recognized in earnings. We 
consider many factors in determining whether a loss is temporary, including the length of time and extent to which the fair value has 
been below cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and our ability and intent to hold the investment for a 
period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery. During fiscal 2010 and 2008, we recognized no other than temporary 
impairments in earnings, while we recognized $4 million of other than temporary impairments during fiscal 2009. No other than 
temporary losses were deferred in OCI as of October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009. 

Deferred Compensation Assets: We maintain two non-qualified deferred compensation plans for certain executives and other highly 
compensated employees. Investments are maintained within a trust and include money market funds, mutual funds and life insurance 
policies. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policies is invested primarily in mutual funds. The investments are recorded at 
fair value based on quoted market prices and are included in Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We classify the 
investments which have observable market prices in active markets in Level 1 as these are generally publicly-traded mutual funds. The 
remaining deferred compensation assets are classified in Level 2, as fair value can be corroborated based on observable market data. 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on deferred compensation are included in earnings. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis 
In addition to assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, we record assets and liabilities at fair value on a 
nonrecurring basis. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairment charges. During fiscal 
2010, we recorded a $29 million charge to fully impair an immaterial Chicken segment reporting unit’s goodwill. We utilized a 
discounted cash flow analysis that incorporated unobservable Level 3 inputs. We did not have any other significant measurements of 
assets or liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to their initial recognition. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Financial Instruments 
Fair values for debt are based on quoted market prices or published forward interest rate curves. Fair value and carrying value for our 
debt were as follows (in millions): 

Total Debt 

October 2, 2010 

October 3, 2009 

Fair 
Value 
$2,770 

Carrying 
Value 
$2,536 

Fair 
Value 
$3,724 

Carrying 
Value 
$3,477 

For all of our other financial instruments, the estimated fair value approximated the carrying value at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 
2009. The carrying value of our other financial instruments, not otherwise disclosed herein, included notes receivable, which 
approximated fair value at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009. Notes receivable were recorded in Other Current Assets in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets and totaled $49 million at October 2, 2010, and were recorded in Other Assets at October 3, 2009, and 
totaled $45 million. The fair values were determined using pricing models for which the assumptions utilize management’s estimates 
of market participant assumptions. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk 
Our financial instruments exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts 
receivable. Our cash equivalents are in high quality securities placed with major banks and financial institutions. Concentrations of 
credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across geographic areas. 
We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and generally do not require collateral. At October 2, 
2010, and October 3, 2009, 15.3% and 13.0%, respectively, of our net accounts receivable balance was due from Wal-Mart Stores, 
Inc. No other single customer or customer group represents greater than 10% of net accounts receivable. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 13: COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income are as follows: 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss): 

Unrealized net hedging gains (losses), net of taxes 
Unrealized net gain on investments, net of taxes 
Currency translation adjustment 
Postretirement benefits reserve adjustments 

Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

The components of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows: 

Fiscal 2010: 

Net hedging loss reclassified to earnings 
Net hedging unrealized gain 
Unrealized gain on investments 
Currency translation adjustment 
Net change in postretirement liabilities 

Other comprehensive income – 2010 

Fiscal 2009: 

Net hedging loss reclassified to earnings 
Net hedging unrealized loss 
Loss on investments reclassified to other income 
Unrealized gain on investments 
Currency translation adjustment gain reclassified to loss from discontinued 

operation 

Currency translation adjustment 
Net change in postretirement liabilities 

Other comprehensive loss – 2009 

Fiscal 2008: 

Net hedging gain reclassified to earnings 
Net hedging unrealized gain 
Investments unrealized loss 
Currency translation adjustment 
Net change in postretirement liabilities 

Other comprehensive loss – 2008 

NOTE 14: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

2010 

$10 
9 
6 
(25) 
$0 

in millions 
2009 

$(2) 
9 
(21) 
(20) 
$(34) 

Before Tax 

in millions 
Income Tax  After Tax 

$7 
7 
0 
27 
(6) 
$35 

$61 
(53) 
4 
12 

(41) 
(43) 
(11) 
$(71) 

$(41) 
37 
(1) 
(2) 
(10) 
$(17) 

$(1) 
(1) 
0 
0 
1 
$(1) 

$(25) 
23 
(1) 
(5) 

0 
3 
1 
$(4) 

$16 
(14) 
0 
0 
6 
$8 

$6 
6 
0 
27 
(5) 
$34 

$36 
(30) 
3 
7 

(41) 
(40) 
(10) 
$(75) 

$(25) 
23 
(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
$(9) 

We issue shares under our stock-based compensation plans by issuing Class A stock from treasury. The total number of shares 
available for future grant under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (Incentive Plan) was 18,455,244 at October 2, 2010. 

Stock Options 
Shareholders approved the Incentive Plan in January 2001. The Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the 
Board of Directors (Compensation Committee). The Incentive Plan includes provisions for granting incentive stock options for shares 
of Class A stock at a price not less than the fair value at the date of grant. Nonqualified stock options may be granted at a price equal 
to, less than or more than the fair value of Class A stock on the date the option is granted. Stock options under the Incentive Plan 
generally become exercisable ratably over two to five years from the date of grant and must be exercised within 10 years from the date 
of grant. Our policy is to recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire 
award. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding, October 3, 2009 
Exercised 
Canceled 
Granted 
Outstanding, October 2, 2010 

Shares Under 
Option 
18,593,844 
(2,395,069) 
(690,036) 
3,865,173 
19,373,912 

Weighted 
Average Exercise 
Price Per Share 
$12.73 
13.14 
11.56 
12.59 
12.69 

Exercisable, October 2, 2010 

9,690,215 

$14.24 

Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(in Years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 
(in millions) 

6.1 

4.2 

$246 

$138 

We generally grant stock options once a year; however, we granted stock options twice during fiscal 2010. The weighted average 
grant-date fair value of options granted in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $4.76, $1.29 and $5.22, respectively. The fair value of each 
option grant is established on the date of grant using a binomial lattice method for grants awarded after October 1, 2005, and the 
Black-Scholes option-pricing model for grants awarded before October 1, 2005. The change to the binomial lattice method was made 
to better reflect the exercise behavior of top management. We use historical volatility for a period of time comparable to the expected 
life of the option to determine volatility assumptions. Expected life is calculated based on the contractual term of each grant and takes 
into account the historical exercise and termination behavior of participants. Risk-free interest rates are based on the five-year 
Treasury bond rate. Assumptions as of the grant date used in the fair value calculation of each year’s grants are outlined in the 
following table. 

Expected life 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividend yield 

2010 
6.5 years 
1.2% 
40.4% 
1.3% 

2009 
5.3 years 
2.3% 
34.6% 
3.3% 

2008 
5.8 years 
3.7% 
30.9% 
1.1% 

We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, net of income taxes, of $11 million, $9 million and $12 
million, respectively, during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, with a $7 million, $6 million and $7 million related tax benefit. We had 
2.2 million, 2.4 million and 2.5 million options vest in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, with a fair value of $13 million, 
$15 million and $15 million, respectively. 

In fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, we received cash of $36 million, $1 million and $9 million, respectively, for the exercise of stock 
options. Shares are issued from treasury for stock option exercises. The related tax benefit realized from stock options exercised 
during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, was $5 million, $0 and $1 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised 
in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, was $12 million, $0 and $3 million, respectively. Cash flows resulting from tax deductions in 
excess of the compensation cost of those options (excess tax deductions) are classified as financing cash flows. We realized $3 
million, $0 and $0, respectively, in excess tax deductions during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of October 2, 
2010, we had $25 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option plans that will be recognized over a 
weighted average period of 2.5 years. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted Stock 
We issue restricted stock at the market value as of the date of grant, with restrictions expiring over periods through 2013. Unearned 
compensation is recognized over the vesting period for the particular grant using a straight-line method. 

Nonvested, October 3, 2009 
Granted 
Dividends 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Nonvested, October 2, 2010 

Weighted 
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value 
Per Share 
$15.20 
14.11 
16.03 
15.88 
13.65 
$14.55 

Number of Shares 
4,656,910 
905,277 
36,616 
(1,751,772) 
(245,417) 
3,601,614 

Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(in Years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 
(in millions) 

1.7 

$59 

As of October 2, 2010, we had $21 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards that will be 
recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years. 

We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock, net of income taxes, of $8 million, $10 million and $11 
million for years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The related tax benefit for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $5 million, $7 
million and $6 million, respectively. We had 1.8 million, 0.7 million and 2.0 million, respectively, restricted stock awards vest in 
fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, with a grant date fair value of $30 million, $11 million and $24 million. 

Performance-Based Shares 
In July 2003, our Compensation Committee began authorizing us to award performance-based shares of our Class A stock to certain 
senior executives. These awards are typically granted on the first business day of our fiscal year. The vesting of the performance-based 
shares is generally over three years and each award is subject to the attainment of goals determined by the Compensation Committee 
prior to the date of the award. We review progress toward the attainment of goals each quarter during the vesting period. However, the 
attainment of goals can be determined only at the end of the vesting period. If the shares vest, the ultimate cost will be equal to the 
Class A stock price on the date the shares vest multiplied by the number of shares awarded for all performance grants with other than 
market criteria. For grants with market performance criteria, the ultimate expense will be the fair value of the probable shares to vest 
regardless if the shares actually vest. Total expense recorded related to performance-based shares was not material for fiscal 2010, 
2009 and 2008. 

NOTE 15: PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS 

At October 2, 2010, we had four noncontributory defined benefit pension plans consisting of three funded qualified plans and one 
unfunded non-qualified plan. All three of our qualified plans are frozen and provide benefits based on a formula using years of service 
and a specified benefit rate. Effective January 1, 2004, we implemented a non-qualified defined benefit plan for certain contracted 
officers that uses a formula based on years of service and final average salary. We also have other postretirement benefit plans for 
which substantially all of our employees may receive benefits if they satisfy applicable eligibility criteria. The postretirement 
healthcare plans are contributory with participants’ contributions adjusted when deemed necessary. 

We have defined contribution retirement and incentive benefit programs for various groups of employees. We recognized expenses of 
$48 million, $49 million and $48 million in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

We use a fiscal year end measurement date for our defined benefit plans and other postretirement plans. We generally recognize the 
effect of actuarial gains and losses into earnings immediately for other postretirement plans rather than amortizing the effect over 
future periods. 

Other postretirement benefits include postretirement medical costs and life insurance. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit Obligations And Funded Status 
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations, assets and funded status at October 2, 
2010, and October 3, 2009: 

Change in benefit obligation 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Plan participants’ contributions 
Actuarial loss 
Benefits paid 

Benefit obligation at end of year 

Change in plan assets 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 

Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Plan participants’ contributions 
Benefits paid 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year 

Pension Benefits 

Qualified 

2010 

2009 

Non-Qualified 
2010 

2009 

in millions 

Other Postretirement 
Benefits 

2010 

2009 

$89 
0 
5 
0 
9 
(6) 
97 

68 
9 
3 
0 
(6) 
74 

$90 
0 
6 
0 
0 
(7) 
89 

79 
(5) 
1 
0 
(7) 
68 

$38 
3 
2 
0 
0 
(1) 
42 

0 
0 
1 
0 
(1) 
0 

$32 
4 
2 
0 
2 
(2) 
38 

0 
0 
2 
0 
(2) 
0 

$46 
1 
2 
1 
1 
(6) 
45 

0 
0 
5 
1 
(6) 
0 

$47 
0 
3 
2 
1 
(7) 
46 

0 
0 
5 
2 
(7) 
0 

Funded status 

$(23) 

$(21) 

$(42) 

$(38) 

$(45) 

$(46) 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of: 

Accrued benefit liability 
Accumulated other comprehensive 

(income)/loss: 

Unrecognized actuarial loss 
Unrecognized prior service (cost)/credit 

Net amount recognized 

Pension Benefits 

Qualified 

2010 
$(23) 

2009 
$(21) 

Non-Qualified 
2010 
$(42) 

2009 
$(38) 

40 
0 
$17 

35 
0 
$14 

1 
3 
$(38) 

1 
4 
$(33) 

in millions 

Other Postretirement 
Benefits 

2010 
$(45) 

0 
(6) 
$(51) 

2009 
$(46) 

0 
(8) 
$(54) 

At October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, all pension plans had an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets. The 
accumulated benefit obligation for all qualified pension plans was $97 million and $89 million at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 
2009, respectively. Plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows: 

Projected benefit obligation 
Accumulated benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 

in millions 

Pension Benefits 

Qualified 

2010 
$97 
97 
74 

2009 
$89 
89 
68 

Non-Qualified 
2010 
$42 
41 
0 

2009 
$38 
37 
0 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Periodic Benefit Cost 
Components of net periodic benefit cost for pension and postretirement benefit plans recognized in the Consolidated Statements of 
Income are as follows: 

in millions 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of prior service cost 
Recognized actuarial loss, net 
Net periodic benefit cost 

Pension Benefits 

Qualified 
2009 
$0 
6 
(7) 
0 
1 
$0 

2010 
$0 
5 
(6) 
0 
1 
$0 

2008 
$0 
6 
(7) 
0 
1 
$0 

Non-Qualified 
2009 
$4 
2 
0 
1 
0 
$7 

2010 
$3 
2 
0 
1 
0 
$6 

2008 
$3 
2 
0 
1 
0 
$6 

Assumptions 
Weighted average assumptions are as follows: 

Pension Benefits 

Qualified 
2009 

2010 

2008 

Non-Qualified 
2009 

2010 

2008 

Other Postretirement 
Benefits 
2009 
$0 
3 
0 
0 
1 
$4 

2010 
$1 
2 
0 
(1) 
0 
$2 

2008 
$1 
3 
0 
(1) 
1 
$4 

Other Postretirement 
Benefits 
2009 

2010 

2008 

Discount rate to determine net 

periodic benefit cost 
Discount rate to determine 

benefit obligations 

Rate of compensation increase 
Expected return on plan assets 

6.00% 

6.33% 

5.88% 

6.00% 

6.50% 

6.25% 

5.71% 

6.50% 

6.25% 

5.06% 
N/A 
7.80% 

6.00% 
N/A 
8.00% 

6.33% 
N/A 
8.02% 

5.50% 
3.50% 
N/A 

6.00% 
3.50% 
N/A 

6.50% 
3.50% 
N/A 

4.50% 
N/A 
N/A 

5.71% 
N/A 
N/A 

6.50% 
N/A 
N/A 

To determine the rate-of-return on assets assumption, we first examined historical rates of return for the various asset classes. We then 
determined a long-term projected rate-of-return based on expected returns over the next five to 10 years. 

Our discount rate assumptions used to account for pension and other postretirement benefit plans reflect the rates at which the benefit 
obligations could be effectively settled.  These were determined using a cash flow matching technique whereby the rates of a yield 
curve, developed from high-quality debt securities, were applied to the benefit obligations to determine the appropriate discount rate. 

We have three postretirement health plans. Two of these consist of fixed, annual payments and account for $31 million of the 
postretirement medical obligation at October 2, 2010. A healthcare cost trend is not required to determine this obligation. The 
remaining plan accounts for $14 million of the postretirement medical obligation at October 2, 2010. The plan covers retirees who do 
not yet qualify for Medicare and uses a healthcare cost trend of 7% in the current year, grading down to 6% in fiscal 2012. A one-
percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rate would have an immaterial impact on the postretirement benefit 
obligation and total service and interest cost. 

Plan Assets 
The fair value of plan assets for domestic pension benefit plans was $59 million and $54 million as of October 2, 2010, and October 3, 
2009, respectively. The following table sets forth the actual and target asset allocation for pension plan assets: 

Cash 
Fixed income securities 
US Stock Funds 
International Stock Funds 
Real Estate 
Alternatives 
Total 

2009 
0.2% 
19.7 
43.2 
20.2 
4.7 
12.0 
100.0% 

Target Asset 
Allocation 
1.0% 
19.0 
45.0 
20.0 
5.0 
10.0 
100.0% 

2010 
0.3% 
18.5 
44.6 
19.9 
5.0 
11.7 
100.0% 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A foreign subsidiary pension plan had $15 million and $14 million in plan assets at October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, 
respectively. All of this plan’s assets are held in an insurance contract consistent with its target asset allocation. 

The Plan Trustees have established a set of investment objectives related to the assets of the pension plans and regularly monitor the 
performance of the funds and portfolio managers. Objectives for the pension assets are (1) to provide growth of capital and income, 
(2) to achieve a target weighted average annual rate of return competitive with other funds with similar investment objectives and (3) 
to diversify to reduce risk. The investment objectives and target asset allocation were adopted in January 2004 and amended in 
November 2008. Alternative investments may include, but not limited to, hedge funds, private equity funds and fixed income funds. 

The following table shows the categories of pension plan assets and the level under which fair values were determined in the fair value 
hierarchy, which is described in Note 12: Fair Value Measurements. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Fixed Income Securities Bond Fund (a) 

Equity Securities: 

U.S. stock funds (a) 
International stock funds (a) 
Global real estate funds (a) 
Total equity securities 

Other Investments - Alternatives (b) 
Total fair value 

Insurance Contract at Contract Value 
Total plan assets 

Level 1 
$0 
11 

October 2, 2010 

Level 2 
$0 
0 

Level 3 
$0 
0 

26 
12 
3 
41 

0 
52 

0 
$52 

0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 

0 
$0 

0 
0 
0 
0 

7 
7 

15 
$22 

in millions 

Total 
$0 
11 

26 
12 
3 
41 

7 
59 

15 
$74 

(a)  Valued using quoted market prices in active markets. 
(b)  Valued using plan’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the assets based on 

the best information available, such as investment manager pricing. 

A reconciliation of the change in the fair value measurement of the defined benefit plans’ consolidated assets using significant 
unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows (in millions): 

Balance at October 3, 2009 
Actual return on plan assets: 

Assets still held at reporting date 
Assets sold during the period 
Purchases, sales and settlements, net 
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 
Balance at October 2, 2010 

Alternative funds 
$7 

Insurance contract 
$14 

0 
0 
0 
0 
$7 

1 
0 
0 
0 
$15 

Total 
$21 

1 
0 
0 
0 
$22 

We believe there are no significant concentrations of risk within our plan assets as of October 2, 2010.  

Contributions 
Our policy is to fund at least the minimum contribution required to meet applicable federal employee benefit and local tax laws. In our 
sole discretion, we may from time to time fund additional amounts. Expected contributions to pension plans for fiscal 2011 are 
approximately $7 million. For fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, we funded $4 million, $2 million and $2 million, respectively, to defined 
benefit plans. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated Future Benefit Payments 
The following benefit payments are expected to be paid:  

2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016-2020 

Pension Benefits 

Qualified 
$9 
8 
7 
7 
7 
29 

Non-Qualified 
$2 
2 
2 
2 
3 
18 

in millions 
Other Postretirement 
Benefits 
$7 
6 
4 
4 
4 
17 

The above benefit payments for other postretirement benefit plans are not expected to be offset by Medicare Part D subsidies in 2011 
or thereafter. 

NOTE 16: SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION 

The following table summarizes cash payments for interest and income taxes: 

Interest 
Income taxes, net of refunds 

NOTE 17: TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES 

2010 
$302 
470 

2009 
$333 
35 

in millions 
2008 
$211 
51 

We have operating leases for farms, equipment and other facilities with Don Tyson, a director of the Company, John Tyson, Chairman 
of the Company, certain members of their families and the Randal W. Tyson Testamentary Trust. Total payments of $2 million in 
fiscal 2010, $3 million in fiscal 2009 and $3 million in fiscal 2008, were paid to entities in which these parties had an ownership 
interest. 

In 2008, a lawsuit captioned In re Tyson Foods, Inc. Consolidated Shareholder’s Litigation was settled. Pursuant to the settlement, 
Don Tyson and the Tyson Limited Partnership paid us $4.5 million. 

NOTE 18: INCOME TAXES 

Detail of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations consists of the following: 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Current 
Deferred 

2010 
$374 
44 
20 
$438 
$420 
18 
$438 

2009 
$7 
(4) 
4 
$7 
$40 
(33) 
$7 

in millions 
2008 
$56 
8 
4 
$68 
$33 
35 
$68 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The reasons for the difference between the statutory federal income tax rate and our effective income tax rate from continuing 
operations are as follows: 

Federal income tax rate 
State income taxes, excluding unrecognized tax benefits 
Unrecognized tax benefits, net 
Goodwill impairment 
General business credits 
Domestic production deduction 
Company-owned life insurance 
Change in state valuation allowance 
Change in foreign valuation allowance 
Tax planning in foreign jurisdictions 
Other 

2010 
35.0% 
3.4 
(1.4) 
0.9 
(0.7) 
(2.0) 
(0.2) 
(1.0) 
0.8 
0.0 
1.6 
36.4% 

2009 
35.0% 
0.1 
(0.3) 
(36.1) 
2.2 
0.5 
(0.3) 
0.0 
(3.8) 
1.7 
(0.5) 
(1.5)% 

2008 
35.0% 
2.0 
4.4 
0.0 
(3.8) 
(2.2) 
3.8 
5.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.4 
44.6% 

During fiscal 2010, tax expense was impacted by the domestic production deduction, reduction in unrecognized tax benefits and 
reduction in state valuation allowance, which decreased tax expense by $24 million, $16 million and $13 million, respectively.  The 
goodwill impairment is not deductible for income tax purposes and negatively impacted the effective income tax rate by 0.9%. 

The fiscal 2009 goodwill impairment is not deductible for income tax purposes and negatively impacted our effective income tax rate 
by 36.1%. During fiscal 2009, our tax expense was impacted by an increase in foreign valuation allowance which increased tax 
expense by $21 million, estimated general business credits which decreased tax expense by $12 million, and tax planning in foreign 
jurisdictions which decreased tax expense by $9 million. 

During fiscal 2008, an increase in the state valuation allowance increased tax expense by $8 million, while non-deductible activity 
relating to company-owned life insurance increased tax expense by $6 million. The addition of unrecognized tax benefits in fiscal 
2008 caused a net increase to income tax expense of $7 million. Additionally, estimated general business credits decreased fiscal 2008 
tax expense by $6 million. 

We recognize deferred income taxes for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement 
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using 
tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. 

The tax effects of major items recorded as deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: 

Property, plant and equipment 
Suspended taxes from conversion to accrual method 
Intangible assets 
Inventory 
Accrued expenses 
Net operating loss and other carryforwards 
Note hedge transactions and convertible debt premium 
Insurance reserves 
Other 

Valuation allowance 
Net deferred tax liability 

2010 
Deferred Tax 

in millions 

2009 
Deferred Tax 

Assets 
$0 
0 
0 
9 
202 
97 
24 
20 
84 
$436 
$(96) 

Liabilities 
$347 
86 
34 
85 
0 
0 
23 
0 
67 
$642 

$302 

Assets 
$0 
0 
0 
19 
197 
103 
30 
22 
68 
$439 
$(75) 

Liabilities 
$339 
91 
34 
76 
0 
0 
29 
0 
74 
$643 

$279 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We record deferred tax amounts in Other Current Assets and in Deferred Income Taxes on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

The deferred tax liability for suspended taxes from conversion to accrual method represents the 1987 change from the cash to accrual 
method of accounting and will be recognized by 2027. 

At October 2, 2010, our gross state tax net operating loss carryforwards approximated $787 million and expire in fiscal years 2011 
through 2029. Gross foreign net operating loss carryforwards approximated $144 million, of which $53 million expire in fiscal years 
2011 through 2019, and the remainder has no expiration. 

We have accumulated undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries aggregating approximately $260 million and $220 million at 
October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, respectively. These earnings are expected to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United 
States. If those earnings were distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to federal income taxes (subject 
to an adjustment for foreign tax credits), state income taxes and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries. It is not 
currently practicable to estimate the tax liability that might be payable on the repatriation of these foreign earnings. 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits at October 2, 2010, October 3, 2009, and 
September 27, 2008: 

Balance as of the beginning of the year 
Increases related to current year tax positions 
Increases related to prior year tax positions 
Reductions related to prior year tax positions 
Reductions related to settlements 
Reductions related to expirations of statute of limitations 
Balance as of the end of the year 

2010 
$233 
4 
11 
(35) 
(25) 
(4) 
$184 

2009 
$220 
7 
60 
(21) 
(25) 
(8) 
$233 

in millions 
2008 
$210 
23 
36 
(28) 
(14) 
(7) 
$220 

The amount of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, that would impact our effective tax rate was $150 million and $104 million at 
October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, respectively. This increase is primarily the result of the first quarter adoption of new accounting 
guidance related to business combinations. We classify interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. At 
October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009, before tax benefits, we had $64 million and $71 million, respectively, of accrued interest and 
penalties on unrecognized tax benefits. 

As of October 2, 2010, we are subject to income tax examinations for U.S. federal income taxes for fiscal years 1998 through 2009, 
and for foreign, state and local income taxes for fiscal years 2001 through 2009. During fiscal 2011, tax audit resolutions could 
potentially reduce our unrecognized tax benefits by approximately $15 million, either because tax positions are sustained on audit or 
because we agree to their disallowance. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 19: EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE 

The earnings and weighted average common shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share are as 
follows: 

Numerator: 

Income (loss) from continuing operations 
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Tyson 
Less Dividends: 

Class A ($0.16/share) 
Class B ($0.144/share) 

Undistributed earnings (losses) 
Class A undistributed earnings (losses) 
Class B undistributed earnings (losses) 
Total undistributed earnings (losses) 

Denominator: 

Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share: 

Class A weighted average shares 
Class B weighted average shares, and shares under if-converted 

method for diluted earnings per share 

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options and restricted stock 
Convertible 2013 Notes 

Denominator for diluted earnings (loss) per share – adjusted 

weighted average shares and assumed conversions 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share from Continuing Operations Attributable to 

Tyson: 
Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

Net Earnings (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Tyson: 

Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

2010 

$765 
(15) 
780 

49 
10 
721 
597 
124 
$721 

303 

70 

6 
0 

379 

$2.13 
$1.91 
$2.06 

$2.13 
$1.91 
$2.06 

in millions, except per share data 
2008 

2009 

$(550) 
(4) 
(546) 

50 
10 
(606) 
(501) 
(105) 
$(606) 

302 

70 

0 
0 

372 

$(1.49) 
$(1.35) 
$(1.47) 

$(1.49) 
$(1.35) 
$(1.47) 

$86 
0 
86 

46 
10 
30 
25 
5 
$30 

281 

70 

5 
0 

356 

$0.25 
$0.22 
$0.24 

$0.25 
$0.22 
$0.24 

Approximately 5 million, 24 million and 10 million, respectively, in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, of our stock-based 
compensation shares were antidilutive and were not included in the dilutive earnings per share calculation.  

We have two classes of capital stock, Class A stock and Class B stock. Cash dividends cannot be paid to holders of Class B stock 
unless they are simultaneously paid to holders of Class A stock. The per share amount of cash dividends paid to holders of Class B 
stock cannot exceed 90% of the cash dividend paid to holders of Class A stock. 

We allocate undistributed earnings (losses) based upon a 1 to 0.9 ratio per share of Class A stock and Class B stock, respectively. We 
allocate undistributed earnings (losses) based on this ratio due to historical dividend patterns, voting control of Class B shareholders 
and contractual limitations of dividends to Class B stock. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 20: SEGMENT REPORTING 

We operate in four segments: Chicken, Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods. We measure segment profit as operating income (loss). 

Chicken: Chicken operations include breeding and raising chickens, as well as processing live chickens into fresh, frozen and value-
added chicken products and logistics operations to move products through the supply chain. Products are marketed domestically to 
food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, hotel 
chains, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to international markets. It also includes sales from 
allied products and our chicken breeding stock subsidiary. 

Beef: Beef operations include processing live fed cattle and fabricating dressed beef carcasses into primal and sub-primal meat cuts and 
case-ready products. This segment also includes sales from allied products such as hides and variety meats, as well as logistics 
operations to move products through the supply chain. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, 
restaurant operators and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, hotel chains, healthcare facilities, the military and 
other food processors, as well as to international markets. Allied products are marketed to manufacturers of pharmaceuticals and 
technical products. 

Pork: Pork operations include processing live market hogs and fabricating pork carcasses into primal and sub-primal cuts and case-
ready products. This segment also includes our live swine group, related allied product processing activities and logistics operations to 
move products through the supply chain. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant 
operators and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, hotel chains, healthcare facilities, the military and other 
food processors, as well as to international markets. We sell allied products to pharmaceutical and technical products manufacturers, 
as well as a limited number of live swine to pork processors. 

Prepared Foods: Prepared Foods operations include manufacturing and marketing frozen and refrigerated food products and logistics 
operations to move products through the supply chain. Products include pepperoni, bacon, beef and pork pizza toppings, pizza crusts, 
flour and corn tortilla products, appetizers, prepared meals, ethnic foods, soups, sauces, side dishes, meat dishes and processed meats. 
Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators and noncommercial foodservice 
establishments such as schools, hotel chains, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to international 
markets. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Chicken

Beef

Pork

Prepared 
Foods

Intersegment 

Other 

Sales Consolidated

in millions

Fiscal year ended October 2, 2010 
Sales 
Operating Income (Loss) 
Total Other (Income) Expense 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations 

before Income Taxes 

Depreciation 
Total Assets 
Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Fiscal year ended October 3, 2009 
Sales 
Operating Income (Loss) 
Total Other (Income) Expense 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations 

before Income Taxes 

Depreciation 
Total Assets 
Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Fiscal year ended September 27, 2008 
Sales 
Operating Income (Loss) 
Total Other (Income) Expense 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations 

before Income Taxes 

$10,062
519

$11,707
542

$4,552
381

$2,999
124

$0 
(10) 

$(890)

251
5,031
320

82
2,468
61

27
845
27

56
940
42

$9,660
(157)

$10,937
(346)

$3,875
160

$2,836
133

0 
1,468 
100 

$0 
(5) 

$(604)

252
4,927
174

103
2,277
39

36
840
18

54
905
58

0 
1,646 
79 

$8,900
(118)

$11,806
106

$4,104
280

$2,711
63

$0 
0 

$(659)

Depreciation (a) 
Total Assets (b) 
Additions to property, plant and equipment (c) 

244
4,990
258

117
3,169
83

31
898
21

67
971
46

0 
663 
15 

a)  Excludes depreciation related to discontinued operation of $9 million for fiscal year 2008. 
b)  Excludes assets held for sale related to discontinued operation of $159 million for fiscal year 2008. 
c)  Excludes additions to property, plant and equipment related to discontinued operation of $2 million for fiscal year 2008. 

$28,430
1,556
353

1,203
416
l0,752
550

$26,704
(215)
328

(543)
445
l0,595
368

$26,862
331
177

154
459
10,691
423

We allocate expenses related to corporate activities to the segments, while the related assets and additions to property, plant and 
equipment remain in Other. 

The Pork segment had sales of $718 million, $449 million and $517 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, from 
transactions with other operating segments. The Beef segment had sales of $172 million, $155 million and $142 million for fiscal 
years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, from transactions with other operating segments. Beginning in fiscal 2010, we modified the 
presentation of our segment sales for all periods presented above to include the impact of intersegment sales, which were at market 
prices. 

Our largest customer, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., accounted for 13.4%, 13.8% and 13.3% of consolidated sales in fiscal years 2010, 2009 
and 2008, respectively. Sales to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. were included in the Chicken, Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments. Any 
extended discontinuance of sales to this customer could, if not replaced, have a material impact on our operations. 

The majority of our operations are domiciled in the United States. Approximately 96%, 97% and 98% of sales to external customers 
for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were sourced from the United States. Approximately $3.3 billion, $3.2 billion and $3.4 
billion, respectively, of property, plant and equipment were located in the United States at October 2, 2010, October 3, 2009, and 
September 27, 2008. Approximately $364 million, $329 million and $139 million of property, plant and equipment were located in 
foreign countries, primarily Brazil, China, Mexico and India, at fiscal years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

We sell certain products in foreign markets, primarily Canada, Central America, China, the European Union, Japan, Mexico, the 
Middle East, Russia, South Korea, Taiwan and Vietnam. Our export sales totaled $3.2 billion, $2.7 billion and $3.2 billion for fiscal 
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Substantially all of our export sales are facilitated through unaffiliated brokers, marketing 
associations and foreign sales staffs. Foreign sales, which are sales of products produced in a country other than the United States, 
were less than 10% of consolidated sales for each of fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008. Approximately $55 million of loss, $14 million of 
loss and $34 million of income from continuing operations before income taxes for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, was from 
foreign operations, all of which was included in the Chicken segment. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 21: QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) 

2010 
Sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net income 
Net income attributable to Tyson 

Net earnings per share attributable to Tyson: 

Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

2009 
Sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income (loss) 
Income (loss) from continuing operations 
Income (loss) from discontinued operation 
Net income (loss) 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson 

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations 

attributable to Tyson: 
Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

Earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operation 

attributable to Tyson: 
Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to Tyson: 

Class A Basic 
Class B Basic 
Diluted 

First 
Quarter 

$6,635 
529 
314 
159 
160 

$0.44 
$0.39 
$0.42 

$6,521 
18 
(198) 
(110) 
6 
(104) 
(102) 

$(0.29) 
$(0.27) 
$(0.29) 

$0.02 
$0.02 
$0.02 

$(0.27) 
$(0.25) 
$(0.27) 

in millions, except per share data 
Fourth 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

$6,916 
564 
344 
156 
159 

$0.43 
$0.39 
$0.42 

$6,307 
253 
29 
(105) 
(14) 
(119) 
(119) 

$(0.29) 
$(0.26) 
$(0.28) 

$(0.04) 
$(0.04) 
$(0.04) 

$(0.33) 
$(0.30) 
$(0.32) 

$7,438 
752 
507 
242 
248 

$0.68 
$0.61 
$0.65 

$6,662 
470 
276 
123 
7 
130 
131 

$0.34 
$0.30 
$0.33 

$0.02 
$0.02 
$0.02 

$0.36 
$0.32 
$0.35 

$7,441 
669 
391 
208 
213 

$0.58 
$0.52 
$0.57 

$7,214 
462 
(322) 
(458) 
0 
(458) 
(457) 

$(1.25) 
$(1.12) 
$(1.23) 

$0.00 
$0.00 
$0.00 

$(1.25) 
$(1.12) 
$(1.23) 

The fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 was a 14-week period, while the remaining quarters in the above table were 13-week periods. 

Second quarter fiscal 2010 net income includes $24 million of pretax charges related to losses on notes repurchased during the quarter. 
Third quarter fiscal 2010 operating income includes $38 million of insurance proceeds received during the quarter and net income 
includes $34 million of pretax charges related to losses on notes repurchased during the quarter and a $12 million charge related to an 
equity method investment impairment. Fourth quarter fiscal 2010 operating income includes a $29 million non-cash charge related to 
the full impairment of an immaterial Chicken segment reporting unit’s goodwill. 

Second quarter fiscal 2009 operating income included a $15 million charge related to the closing of a prepared foods processed meats 
plant. Fourth quarter fiscal 2009 operating loss included a $560 million non-cash charge related to the partial impairment of the Beef 
segment’s goodwill. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 22: CAPITAL STRUCTURE 

In September 2008, we issued 22.4 million shares of Class A stock as part of a public offering. The shares were offered at $12.75. Net 
proceeds, after underwriting discounts and commissions, of approximately $274 million were used toward the repayment of our 
borrowings under the accounts receivable securitization facility and for other general corporate purposes. An entity controlled by Don 
Tyson purchased three million shares of Class A stock in this offering. 

NOTE 23: CONTINGENCIES 

We are involved in various claims and legal proceedings. We routinely assess the likelihood of adverse judgments or outcomes to 
those matters, as well as ranges of probable losses, to the extent losses are reasonably estimable. We record accruals for such matters 
to the extent that we conclude a loss is probable and the financial impact, should an adverse outcome occur, is reasonably estimable. 
Such accruals are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In our opinion, we have made appropriate and 
adequate accruals for these matters and believe the probability of a material loss beyond the amounts accrued to be remote; however, 
the ultimate liability for these matters is uncertain, and if accruals are not adequate, an adverse outcome could have a material effect 
on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Listed below are certain claims made against the Company and/or our 
subsidiaries for which the potential exposure is considered material to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. We believe 
we have substantial defenses to the claims made and intend to vigorously defend these matters. 

Several private lawsuits are pending against us alleging that we failed to compensate poultry plant employees for all hours worked, 
including overtime compensation, in violation of the FLSA. These lawsuits include DeAsencio v. Tyson Foods, Inc. (DeAsencio), 
filed on August 22, 2000, in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. This matter involves similar allegations 
that employees should be paid for the time it takes to engage in pre- and post-shift activities such as changing into and out of 
protective and sanitary clothing, obtaining clothing and walking to and from the changing area, work areas and break areas. They seek 
back wages, liquidated damages, pre- and post-judgment interest, and attorneys’ fees. Plaintiffs appealed a jury verdict and final 
judgment entered in our favor on June 22, 2006, in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. On September 7, 
2007, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit reversed the jury verdict and remanded the case to the District Court for further 
proceedings. We sought rehearing en banc, which was denied by the Court of Appeals on October 5, 2007. The United States Supreme 
Court denied our petition for a writ of certiorari on June 9, 2008. The new trial date has not been set. 

The other private lawsuits referred to above are Sheila Ackles, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. (N. Dist. Alabama, October 23, 2006); 
McCluster, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. (M. Dist. Georgia, December 11, 2006); Dobbins, et al. v. Tyson Chicken, Inc., et al. (N.D. 
Alabama, December 21, 2006); Buchanan, et al. v. Tyson Chicken, Inc., et al. and Potter, et al. v. Tyson Chicken, Inc., et al. (N.D. 
Alabama, December 22, 2006); Jones, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc., et al., Walton, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc., et al. and Williams, et al. 
v. Tyson Foods, Inc., et al. (S.D. Mississippi, February 9, 2007); Balch, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. (E.D. Oklahoma, March 1, 2007); 
Adams, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. (W.D. Arkansas, March 2, 2007); Atkins, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. (M.D. Georgia, March 5, 
2007); Laney, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. and Williams, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. (M.D. Georgia, May 23, 2007) (the "Williams 
Case"). Similar to DeAsencio, each of these matters involves allegations that employees should be paid for the time it takes to engage 
in pre- and post-shift activities such as changing into and out of protective and sanitary clothing, obtaining clothing and walking to and 
from the changing area, work areas and break areas. The plaintiffs in each of these lawsuits seek or have sought to act as class 
representatives on behalf of all current and former employees who were allegedly not paid for time worked and seek back wages, 
liquidated damages, pre- and post-judgment interest, and attorneys’ fees. On April 6, 2007, we filed a motion for transfer of the above 
named actions for coordinated pretrial proceedings before the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation, which was granted on August 
17, 2007. These cases and five other cases subsequently filed involving the same allegations, Armstrong, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. 
(W.D. Tennessee, January 30, 2008); Maldonado, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. (E.D. Tennessee, January 31, 2008); White, et al. v. 
Tyson Foods, Inc. (E.D. Texas, February 1, 2008); Meyer, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. (W.D. Missouri, February 2, 2008); and Leak, et  
al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. (W.D. North Carolina, February 6, 2008), were transferred to the U.S. District Court in the Middle District of 
Georgia, In re: Tyson Foods, Inc., Fair Labor Standards Act Litigation (“MDL Proceedings”). On January 2, 2008, the Court issued a 
Joint Scheduling and Case Management Order. This order granted Conditional Class Certification and called for notice to be given to  

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
potential putative class members via a third party administrator. The potential class members had until April 18, 2008, to “opt–in” to 
the class. Approximately 13,800 employees and former employees filed their consents to “opt-in” to the class. On October 15, 2008, 
the Court denied the plaintiffs’ motion for equitable tolling, which, if granted, would have extended the time period in which the 
plaintiffs could have sought damages. However, in addition to the consents already obtained, the Court allowed the plaintiffs to obtain 
corrected and reaffirmed opt-in consents that were previously filed in the matter of M.H. Fox, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. (N.D. 
Alabama, June 22, 1999). The deadline for filing these consents was December 31, 2008, and according to the third party 
administrator, approximately 4,000 reaffirmed consents were filed, some or all of which may be in addition to the approximately 
13,800 consents filed previously. The parties have completed discovery at eight of our facilities and our corporate headquarters in 
Springdale, Arkansas. In July 2009 we filed class decertification motions for the eight facilities involved in discovery. We also filed 
Motions for Partial Summary Judgment for these eight facilities. Oral arguments for these motions occurred on February 3, 2010, and, 
on March 16, 2010, the Court granted partial summary judgment with respect to two unionized facilities and denied the remaining 
motions. The Court concluded that the activities at these two facilities met the definition of “clothes changing” under Section 203(o) 
of the FLSA and that the time engaged in pre- and post-shift donning and doffing is not compensable. The Court did not rule on 
whether Section 203(o) activity could begin the continuous work day, thereby making all walking, sanitizing and washing time after 
that activity compensable. We then filed a motion for certification of a permissive appeal on whether Section 203(o) activity can start 
the continuous workday and whether washing required clothing items is covered by Section 203(o). On April 23, 2010, the Court 
granted us permission to appeal these issues to the Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals. The Court also retained jurisdiction with respect 
to the eight facilities while staying proceedings with respect to seven. It then scheduled trial in the Williams Case for October 12, 
2010. On April 16, 2010, the Court lifted a previously entered stay of discovery with respect to our remaining 32 facilities subject to 
the MDL Proceedings and ordered the parties to meet, confer, and report to the Court any discovery agreements and disputed issues 
within 45 days. On June 7, 2010, the Court issued a scheduling order which set the close of discovery for the remaining 32 facilities 
for May 31, 2012. On September 22, 2010, the Court granted the parties’ joint motion to stay further proceedings in the MDL 
Proceedings, including the trial in the Williams case, in order to allow the parties an opportunity to explore settlement. The plaintiffs 
subsequently filed a motion to lift the stay, and the Court granted this motion on November 15, 2010. The trial in the Williams Case is 
now scheduled to begin on February 14, 2011. 

We have pending eleven separate wage and hour actions involving TFM’s plants located in Lexington, Nebraska (Lopez, et al. v. 
Tyson Foods, Inc., D. Nebraska, June 30, 2006), Garden City and Emporia, Kansas (Garcia, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc., Tyson Fresh 
Meats, Inc., D. Kansas, May 15, 2006), Storm Lake, Iowa (Bouaphakeo (f/k/a Sharp), et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc., N.D. Iowa, February 
6, 2007), Columbus Junction, Iowa (Robinson, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc., d.b.a Tyson Fresh Meats, Inc., S.D. Iowa, September 12, 
2007), Joslin, Illinois (Murray, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc., C.D. Illinois, January 2, 2008), Dakota City, Nebraska (Gomez, et al. v. 
Tyson Foods, Inc., D. Nebraska, January 16, 2008), Madison, Nebraska (Acosta, et al. v Tyson Foods, Inc. d.b.a Tyson Fresh Meats, 
Inc., D. Nebraska, February 29, 2008), Perry and Waterloo, Iowa (Edwards, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. d.b.a Tyson Fresh Meats, Inc., 
S.D. Iowa, March 20, 2008); Council Bluffs, Iowa (Maxwell (f/k/a Salazar), et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. d.b.a. Tyson Fresh Meats, Inc., 
S.D. Iowa, April 29, 2008); Logansport, Indiana (Carter, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc. and Tyson Fresh Meats, Inc., N.D. Indiana, April 
29, 2008); and Goodlettsville, Tennessee (Abadeer v. Tyson Foods, Inc., and Tyson Fresh Meats, Inc., M.D. Tennessee, February 6, 
2009). The actions allege we failed to pay employees for all hours worked, including overtime compensation for the time it takes to 
change into protective work uniforms, safety equipment and other sanitary and protective clothing worn by employees, and for 
walking to and from the changing area, work areas and break areas in violation of the FLSA and analogous state laws. The plaintiffs 
seek back wages, liquidated damages, pre- and post-judgment interest, attorneys’ fees and costs. Each case is proceeding in its 
jurisdiction. Trial in the Bouaphakeo case was originally set to begin on November 1, 2010 but was rescheduled for September 7, 
2011. 

We also have pending one wage and hour action involving our Tyson Prepared Foods plant located in Jefferson, Wisconsin 
(Weissman, et al. v. Tyson Prepared Foods, Inc., (Jefferson County (Wisconsin) Circuit Court, October 20, 2010)   The plaintiffs 
allege that employees should be paid for the time it takes to engage in pre- and post-shift activities such as changing into and out of 
protective and sanitary clothing and the associated time it takes to walk to and from their workstations post-donning and pre-doffing of 
protective and sanitary clothing.  Six named plaintiffs seek to act as state law class representatives on behalf of all current and former 
employees who were allegedly not paid for time worked and seek back wages, liquidated damages, pre- and post-judgment interest, 
and attorneys’ fees and costs. 

On June 19, 2005, the Attorney General and the Secretary of the Environment of the State of Oklahoma filed a complaint in the U.S. 
District Court for the Northern District of Oklahoma against us, three of our subsidiaries and six other poultry integrators. This 
complaint was subsequently amended. As amended, the complaint asserts a number of state and federal causes of action including, but 
not limited to, counts under Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), Resource 
Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”), and state-law public nuisance theories. The amended complaint asserts that defendants 
and certain contract growers who are not named in the amended complaint polluted the surface waters, groundwater and associated 
drinking water supplies of the Illinois River Watershed (“IRW”) through the land application of poultry litter. Oklahoma asserts that 
this alleged pollution has also caused extensive injury to the environment (including soils and sediments) of the IRW and that the 
defendants have been unjustly enriched. Oklahoma’s claims cover the entire IRW, which encompasses more than one million acres of  

81 

 
 
 
 
land and the natural resources (including lakes and waterways) contained therein. Oklahoma seeks wide-ranging relief, including 
injunctive relief, compensatory damages in excess of $800 million, an unspecified amount in punitive damages and attorneys’ fees. 
We and the other defendants have denied liability, asserted various defenses, and filed a third-party complaint that asserts claims 
against other persons and entities whose activities may have contributed to the pollution alleged in the amended complaint. The 
district court has stayed proceedings on the third party complaint pending resolution of Oklahoma’s claims against the defendants. On 
October 31, 2008, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss for failure to join the Cherokee Nation as a required party or, in the 
alternative, for judgment as a matter of law based on the plaintiffs’ lack of standing. This motion was granted in part and denied in 
part on July 22, 2009. In its ruling, the district court dismissed Oklahoma’s claims for cost recovery and for natural resources damages 
under CERCLA and for unjust enrichment under Oklahoma common law. This ruling also narrowed the scope of Oklahoma’s 
remaining claims by dismissing all damage claims under its causes of action for Oklahoma common law nuisance, federal common 
law nuisance, and Oklahoma common law trespass, leaving only its claims for injunctive relief for trial. On August 18, 2009, the 
Court granted partial summary judgment in favor of the defendants on Oklahoma’s claims for violations of the Oklahoma Registered 
Poultry Feeding Operations Act. Oklahoma later voluntarily dismissed the remainder of this claim. On September 2, 2009, the 
Cherokee Nation filed a motion to intervene in the lawsuit. Their motion to intervene was denied on September 15, 2009, and the 
Cherokee Nation filed a notice of appeal of that ruling in the Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals on September 17, 2009. A non-jury trial 
of the case began on September 24, 2009. At the close of Oklahoma’s case-in-chief, the Court granted the defendants’ motions to 
dismiss claims based on RCRA, nuisance per se, and health risks related to bacteria. The defense rested its case on January 13, 2010, 
and closing arguments were held on February 11, 2010. On September 21, 2010, the Court of Appeals affirmed the district court’s 
denial of the Cherokee Nation’s motion to intervene. On October 6, 2010 the Cherokee Nation and the State of Oklahoma filed a 
petition for rehearing or en banc review seeking reconsideration of this ruling. The Court of Appeals denied this petition. 

In September 2009, the National Water Commission (“CONAGUA”), an agency of the Mexican government’s Ministry of the 
Environment and Natural Resources, sent an observation letter to our Mexican subsidiary, Tyson de Mexico (“TdM”), with respect to 
TdM’s water usage at certain water wells that are part of its poultry production operations. This letter was in response to TdM’s 
previous submission to CONAGUA of requested information relating to water usage from these wells from 2004 to 2007. In the 
observation letter, which contains an initial finding of facts, CONAGUA alleges that TdM may have failed to (i) report accurate water 
volume usage, (ii) install measuring equipment, (iii) provide evidence of water use exemptions, (iv) pay for applicable usage, and (v) 
properly measure water volume, all as required under water deeds held by TdM. On October 15, 2009, TdM responded to 
CONAGUA, denying the allegations as presented. On April 13, 2010, the regional CONAGUA office delivered its final 
determinations to TdM on this matter and claimed that TdM owed the agency approximately 55.9 million pesos (approximately 
US$4.6 million) for certain water usage during the period in question. TdM has appealed the regional office’s final determinations to 
the administrative courts of CONAGUA in Mexico City. 

On May 8, 2008, a lawsuit was filed against the Company and two of our employees in the District Court of McCurtain County, 
Oklahoma styled Armstrong, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc., et al. (the “Armstrong Case”). The lawsuit was brought by a group of 52 
poultry growers who allege that certain of our live production practices in Oklahoma constitute fraudulent inducement, fraud, unjust 
enrichment, negligence, gross negligence, unconscionability, violations of the Oklahoma Business Sales Act, Deceptive Trade 
Practice violations, violations of the Consumer Protection Act, and conversion, as well as other theories of recovery. The plaintiffs 
sought damages in an unspecified amount. On October 30, 2009, 20 additional growers represented by the same attorney filed a 
lawsuit against us in the same court asserting the same or similar claims, which is styled Clardy, et al. v. Tyson Foods, Inc., et al. (the 
“Clardy Case”). In both of these cases we have denied all allegations of wrongdoing. In June 2009, the plaintiffs in the Armstrong 
case requested an expedited trial date for a smaller group of plaintiffs they claimed were facing imminent financial peril. The Court 
ultimately severed a group of 10 plaintiffs from the Armstrong Case, and a trial began on March 15, 2010. There were numerous 
irregularities and rulings during the trial which we believe to have been legally erroneous and highly prejudicial to our right to a fair 
trial. On April 1, 2010, the jury returned a verdict against us and one of our employees, and on April 2, 2010, the jury returned a 
punitive damages verdict against us. After a dispute caused by inconsistencies between the multiple verdict forms completed by the 
jury and apparent confusion by the jury as to how to complete those verdict forms, the Court entered a final judgment in the amount of 
$8,655,735. Subsequent to the trial, the presiding judge disqualified from the cases and the Oklahoma Supreme Court appointed a new 
judge to the cases. The Company filed post-trial motions challenging the verdict. Those motions were denied. The Company intends to 
appeal to overturn the verdict. We filed a motion with the trial court to change venue from McCurtain County on the grounds that the 
numerous irregularities that occurred during the trial, coupled with the attendant publicity, resulted in community bias which would 
prevent the Company from receiving a fair trial in McCurtain County. The trial court granted this motion and the case will be 
transferred to Choctaw County, Oklahoma. We filed another motion, which the trial court also granted, to stay all future trials of the 
claims of the plaintiffs in the Armstrong Case and the Clardy Case pending the outcome of the appeal of the first trial. We believe 
numerous and substantial legal errors were made by the Court during the trial and that a review of and guidance on these issues by the 
appellate court could have a substantial impact on the outcome of future trials in the Armstrong Case and the Clardy Case. 

82 

 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Tyson Foods, Inc. 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of October 2, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of 
income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of Tyson Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries at October 2, 2010 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the fiscal year 
ended October 2, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  In addition, in 
our opinion, the financial statement schedule for the fiscal year ended October 2, 2010 listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a) 
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated 
financial statements.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of October 2, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial 
statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment 
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial 
statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audit.  We conducted our 
audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require 
that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit of the 
financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement 
presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness 
of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for 

noncontrolling interests and the manner in which is accounts for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon 
conversion (including partial cash settlement) in 2010. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 

reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 
assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being 
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, 

projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Fayetteville, AR 
November 22, 2010 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders  

of Tyson Foods, Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Tyson Foods, Inc. as of October 3, 2009, and the related 
consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended October 3, 2009. 
Our audits also included the financial statement schedule for each of the two years ended October 3, 2009 listed in the Index at Item 
15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as 
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 
Tyson Foods, Inc. at October 3, 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the 
period ended October 3, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related 
financial statement schedule for each of the two years in the period ended October 3, 2009, when considered in relation to the basic 
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein. 

As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted guidance establishing accounting and reporting 
standards for a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for convertible debt instruments in 2010.  As reflected in the consolidated 
statements of shareholders’ equity, the Company changed its method of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in 2008.  

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Rogers, Arkansas 
November 23, 2009, except for those matters  
described in Note 2 “Change in Accounting  
Principles” as it relates to the retrospective  
application of accounting principles adopted in  
2010, as to which the date is November 22, 2010 

84 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 
Not applicable. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 
An evaluation was performed, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer 
(CEO) and the Chief Financial Officer (CFO), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act)). Based on that 
evaluation, management, including the CEO and CFO, has concluded that, as of October 2, 2010, our disclosure controls and 
procedures were effective. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
In the quarter ended October 2, 2010, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that have 
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-
15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent limitations, internal 
control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future 
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with 
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of October 2, 2010. In 
making this assessment, we used criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.  

Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO, Management concluded 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of October 2, 2010.  

The Company's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who has audited the fiscal 2010 
financial statements included in this Form 10-K has also audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Their report 
appears in Part II, Item 8. 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 
Not applicable. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
See information set forth under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” 
in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held February 4, 2011 (the 
“Proxy Statement”), which information is incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to general instruction G(3) of the instructions to 
Annual Report on Form 10-K, certain information concerning our executive officers is included under the caption “Executive Officers 
of the Company” in Part I of this Report. 

We have a code of ethics as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K, which code applies to all of our directors and employees, 
including our principal executive officers, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons 
performing similar functions. This code of ethics, titled “Tyson Foods, Inc. Code of Conduct,” is available, free of charge on our 
website at http://ir.tyson.com. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 
See the information set forth under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation For Fiscal 2010” and 
“Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by 
reference. However, pursuant to Instructions to Item 407(e)(5) of the Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K, the 
material appearing under the sub-heading “Report of the Compensation Committee” shall not be deemed to be “filed” with the 
Commission, other than as provided in this Item 11. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
See the information included under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Security Ownership of 
Management” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 
The following information reflects certain information about our equity compensation plans as of October 2, 2010: 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

(a) 
Number of 
Securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding 
options 
19,308,139 
- 
19,308,139 

(b) 

(c) 

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
of outstanding 
options 
$12.71 
- 
$12.71 

Number of Securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding Securities 
reflected in column (a)) 
33,442,431 
- 
33,442,431 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 
Total 

This table does not include 65,773 options, with a weighted-average exercise price of $10.56, which were assumed in connection with 
the acquisition of IBP, inc. in 2001. 

a)  Outstanding options granted by the Company 
  b)  Weighted average price of outstanding options 

c)  Shares available for future issuance as of October 2, 2010, under the Stock Incentive Plan (18,455,244), the Employee 

Stock Purchase Plan (7,332,331) and the Retirement Savings Plan (7,654,856) 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 
See the information included under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Certain Transactions” in the Proxy Statement, which 
information is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 
See the information included under the captions “Audit Fees,” “Audit-Related Fees,” “Tax Fees” and “All Other Fees” in the Proxy 
Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

PART IV 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

(a) 

The following documents are filed as a part of this report: 

Consolidated Statements of Income 

for the three years ended October 2, 2010 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at 

October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity 

for the three years ended October 2, 2010 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

for the three years ended October 2, 2010 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms 

Financial Statement Schedule - Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying 

Accounts for the three years ended October 2, 2010 

All other schedules are omitted because they are neither applicable nor required. 

The exhibits filed with this report are listed in the Exhibit Index at the end of Item 15. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX 
Exhibit No. 

3.1  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 1998, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

4.7 

Fourth Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed September 28, 2007, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

Indenture dated June 1, 1995 between the Company and The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., as Trustee (the “Company 
Indenture”) (previously filed as Exhibit 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed with the Commission on December 
18, 1997, Registration No. 333-42525, and incorporated herein by reference). 

Form of 7.0% Note due January 15, 2028 issued under the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the 
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 27, 1997, Commission File No. 001-14704, and 
incorporated herein by reference). 

Form of 7.0% Note due May 1, 2018 issued under the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 28, 1998, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated 
herein by reference). 

Supplemental Indenture between the Company and The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., as Trustee, dated as of October 2, 
2001, supplementing the Company Indenture, together with form of 8.250% Note (previously filed as Exhibit 4.14 to the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2001, Commission File No. 001-14704, 
and incorporated herein by reference). 

Form of 6.60% Senior Notes due April 1, 2016 issued under the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 22, 2006, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein 
by reference). 

Supplemental Indenture among the Company, Tyson Fresh Meats, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, 
dated as of September 18, 2006, supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 19, 2006, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 

Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 15, 2008, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust 
Company, National Association (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, 
N.A.)), as Trustee (including the form of 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013), supplementing the Company 
Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 15, 2008, 
Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

4.8 

Indenture, dated March 9, 2009, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and The Bank of New 
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 
8-K filed March 10, 2009, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

4.9 

Form of 10.50% Senior Note due 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 and included in Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed March 10, 2009, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.1  Credit Agreement, dated March 9, 2009, among the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, 
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and 
Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., “Rabobank Nederland”, New York Branch, as Joint Bookrunners 
and Joint Lead Arrangers, Bank of America, N.A. and Barclays Capital, as Co-Syndication Agents and Wachovia Bank, 
National Association and Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., “Rabobank Nederland”, New York 
Branch, as Co Documentation Agents and certain other lenders party thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 10, 2009, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.2 

10.3 

Amendment, dated January 12, 2010, to the Credit Agreement dated March 9, 2009, among the Company, JPMorgan 
Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, and certain other lenders party thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to 
the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2010, Commission File No. 001-14704, 
and incorporated herein by reference). 

Convertible note hedge transaction confirmation, dated as of September 9, 2008, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, 
National Association and the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed September 15, 2008, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.4  Warrant transaction confirmation, dated as of September 9, 2008, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, National 
Association and the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
September 15, 2008, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.5 

10.6 

Letter Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2008, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association and the 
Company (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 15, 2008, 
Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

Convertible note hedge transaction confirmation, dated as of September 9, 2008, by and between Merrill Lynch Financial 
Markets, Inc. and the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
September 15, 2008, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.7  Warrant transaction confirmation, dated as of September 9, 2008, by and between Merrill Lynch Financial Markets, Inc. 

and the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 15, 
2008, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.8 

10.9 

Letter Agreement, dated as September 9, 2008, by and between Merrill Lynch Financial Markets, Inc. and the Company 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 15, 2008, Commission 
File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 5, 2009, by and between the Company and Leland E. Tollett (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed June 5, 2009, Commission File No. 001-14704, 
and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.10  Employment Agreement, dated October 5, 2009, by and between the Company and Craig J. Hart (previously filed as 

Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2009, Commission File 
No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.11 

Senior Advisor Agreement, dated July 30, 2004, by and between Don Tyson and the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.43 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 2, 2004, Commission File No. 001-
14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.12 

First Amendment, dated October 3, 2010, to the Senior Advisor Agreement, dated July 30, 2004, by and between Don 
Tyson and the Company. 

10.13  Employment Agreement, dated December 16, 2009, by and between the Company and Donnie Smith (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 18, 2009, Commission File No. 001-14704, 
and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.14  Employment Agreement, dated December 16, 2009, by and between the Company and James V. Lochner (previously filed 
as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 18, 2009, Commission File No. 001-14704, 
and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.15  Employment Agreement, dated August 10, 2009, by and between the Company and Donnie Smith (previously filed as 

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 14, 2009, Commission File No. 001-14704, and 
incorporated herein by reference). 

10.16  Executive Employment Agreement, dated May 21, 2008, by and between the Company and David L. Van Bebber 

(previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 28, 2008, 
Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.17  Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 6, 2008, by and between the Company and Dennis Leatherby (previously 

filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 11, 2008, Commission File No. 001-14704, 
and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.18  Executive Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2008, by and between the Company and Jeffrey D. Webster 

(previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 28, 2009, 
Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.19  Employment Agreement, dated October 5, 2009, by and between the Company and Kenneth J. Kimbro (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2009, Commission File 
No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.20  Employment Agreement, dated December 9, 2009, by and between the Company and Donnie King (previously filed as 

Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2010, Commission File No. 
001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.21  Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2009, by and between the Company and Noel White (previously filed as 

Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2010, Commission File No. 
001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.22  Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2010, between the Company and John Tyson. 

10.23 

10.24 

Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2007, between the Company and John Tyson (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 28, 2007, Commission File No. 001-14704, and 
incorporated herein by reference). 

Form of Indemnity Agreement between Tyson Foods, Inc. and its directors and certain executive officers (previously filed 
as Exhibit 10(t) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, Commission 
File No. 0-3400, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.25  Tyson Foods, Inc. Annual Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executives adopted February 4, 2005, and reapproved 

February 5, 2010 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended October 1, 2005, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.26  Tyson Foods, Inc. Restricted Stock Bonus Plan, effective August 21, 1989, as amended and restated on April 15, 1994; and 
Amendment to Restricted Stock Bonus Plan effective November 18, 1994 (previously filed as Exhibit 10(l) to the 
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 1994, Commission File No. 0-3400, and 
incorporated herein by reference). 

10.27  Amended and Restated Tyson Foods, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective as of October 1, 2008 (previously filed 

as Exhibit 10.41 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 27, 2008, 
Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.28 

First Amendment to the Tyson Foods, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective December 27, 2009 (previously filed 
as Exhibit 10.30 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2009, Commission 
File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.29  Restated Executive Savings Plan of Tyson Foods, Inc. effective January 1, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.42 to the 
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 27, 2008, Commission File No. 001-14704, 
and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.30 

First Amendment to Executive Savings Plan of Tyson Foods, Inc. effective January 1, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.32 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2009, Commission File No. 001-
14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.31 

Second Amendment to Executive Savings Plan of Tyson Foods, Inc. effective May 1, 2010. 

10.32  Amended and Restated Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 19, 2004, First Amendment to 
the Amended and Restated Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective February 2, 2007, and Second 
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective August 13, 2007 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.43 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 27, 
2008, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.33  Third Amendment to the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2009 (previously filed as 

Exhibit 10.34 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2009, Commission File 
No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.34 

IBP 1996 Stock Option Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5.7 to IBP's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended December 28, 1996, File No. 1-6085 and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.35  Amended and Restated Retirement Income Plan of IBP, inc. effective August 1, 2000, and Amendment to Freeze the 

Retirement Income Plan of IBP, inc. effective December 31, 2002 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.46 to the Company's 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 27, 2008, Commission File No. 001-14704, and 
incorporated herein by reference). 

10.36  Amended and Restated Tyson Foods, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement and Life Insurance Premium Plan effective 
March 1, 2007, First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Tyson Foods, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement and 
Life Insurance Premium Plan effective September 24, 2007, and Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Tyson 
Foods, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement and Life Insurance Premium Plan effective January 1, 2008 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.47 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 27, 2008, 
Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.37  Retirement Savings Plan of Tyson Foods, Inc. effective January 1, 2008 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.48 to the 

Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 27, 2008, Commission File No. 001-14704, 
and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.38 

10.39 

10.40 

First Amendment to the Retirement Savings Plan of Tyson Foods, Inc. effective January 1, 2008 (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.39 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2009, Commission File 
No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards were granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 
2000 Stock Incentive Plan prior to July 31, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.48 to the Company's Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 2, 2004, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 
2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective July 31, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.41 to the Company's Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2009, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 

10.41 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 
2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2010. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.42 

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards were granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 
2000 Stock Incentive Plan prior to July 31, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.49 to the Company's Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 2, 2004, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 

10.43 

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 
2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective July 31, 2009 through February 3, 2010. 

10.44 

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 
2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective February 4, 2010. 

10.45 

Form of Performance Stock Award Agreement pursuant to which performance stock awards are granted under the Tyson 
Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective September 29, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.44 to the Company's 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2009, Commission File No. 001-14704, and 
incorporated herein by reference). 

12.1 

Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges 

14.1 

Code of Conduct of the Company 

16.1 

Letter of Ernst & Young LLP dated November 23, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the Company's Current Report 
on Form 8-K/A filed November 23, 2009, Commission File No. 001-14704, and incorporated herein by reference). 

21 

Subsidiaries of the Company 

23.1 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP 

23.2 

Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

101 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 2, 2010, formatted 
in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) Consolidated Balance 
Sheets, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) the Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements, and (vi) Financial Statement Schedule. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

        Pursuant to requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

TYSON FOODS, INC. 

By: 

/s/ Dennis Leatherby 
Dennis Leatherby 
Executive Vice President and Chief  
  Financial Officer 

November 22, 2010 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 

/s/ Lloyd V. Hackley 
Lloyd V. Hackley 

Director 

November 22, 2010 

/s/ Craig J. Hart 
Craig J. Hart 

/s/ Jim Kever 
Jim Kever 

/s/ Kevin M. McNamara 
Kevin M. McNamara 

/s/ Dennis Leatherby 
Dennis Leatherby 

/s/ Brad T. Sauer 
Brad T. Sauer 

/s/ Donnie Smith 
Donnie Smith 

/s/ Robert C. Thurber 
Robert C. Thurber 

/s/ Barbara A. Tyson 
Barbara A. Tyson 

/s/ Don Tyson 
Don Tyson 

/s/ John Tyson 
John Tyson 

Senior Vice President, Controller and 

November 22, 2010 

Chief Accounting Officer 

Director 

Director 

November 22, 2010 

November 22, 2010 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  November 22, 2010 

Director 

November 22, 2010 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

November 22, 2010 

Director 

Director 

Director 

November 22, 2010 

November 22, 2010 

November 22, 2010 

Chairman of the Board of Directors 

November 22, 2010 

/s/ Albert C. Zapanta 
Albert C. Zapanta 

Director 

November 22, 2010 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 
TYSON FOODS, INC. 
SCHEDULE II 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 

Three Years Ended October 2, 2010 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: 

2010 
2009 
2008 

Inventory Lower of Cost or Market Allowance: 

2010 
2009 
2008 

Additions 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period 

Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses 

Charged to 
Other Accounts 

(Deductions) 

Balance at End 
of Period 

in millions 

$33 
12 
8 

$22 
13 
4 

$0 
22 
5 

$7 
57 
29 

$0 
0 
0 

$0 
0 
0 

$(1) 
(1) 
(1) 

$(27) 
(48) 
(20) 

$32 
33 
12 

$2 
22 
13 

95